Home

Saturn 2008 Sky User's Manual

1. 5 1 Servicen Cerni a e ERES 5 3 E S E E E E E ENEDES 5 5 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Rear Axle csecessh igbectspackitiangestdacecddes fsxeerens 5 44 Headlamp Aiming uo eee ee ec eee ec cence ee eee ennen 5 44 Bulb Replacement ou oe ec ccc cce cece eee eee es 5 44 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 49 Tires iriseoir a i ae nin aaieensdannes eaten arai 5 50 Appearance Care oo eeceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 5 84 Vehicle Identification oo cece ce ee eeeeeeeeeee es 5 93 Electrical System oo eee cc ccc ec ee eee ee eee eeees 5 94 Capacities and Specifications eee 5 99 Maintenance Schedule c0ccccscesseesseeseeeeees 6 1 Maintenance Schedule c ccceeeee eee ee ee 6 2 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Reporting Safety Defects eee 7 14 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 16 WOK ise Prick cick eek odes wach cheek dace aaa E 1 SATURN and the SATURN Emblem are registered trademarks of Saturn Corporation GENERAL MOTORS and GM are registered trademarks and the name SKY is a trademark of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehic
2. 008 7 Courtesy Transportation cceseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair ceceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 11 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your retailer and to Saturn Together we are committed to providing our customers with unparalleled service before during and after the purchase of a Saturn vehicle for total customer satisfaction We call this the Saturn Difference Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle are resolved by your retailer s sales or service departments If for any reason your ownership experience falls below your expectations we suggest you take the following action STEP ONE Contact the Retail Customer Assistance Liaison Any member of the retail management team has the authority and the desire to resolve your concerns Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at this level STEP TWO Should you need additional assistance in the U S contact the Sat
3. 1 26 Inflation Tire Pressure cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 56 Inflator Kit Tire cc ccc reeks 5 74 Instrument Panel OVGIVIOW haar aiii e ai 3 4 Instrument Panel I P Brightness sis bre meong in 3 15 GIUSIOR je DSE E SE RER SUR S ERE ESSEN EGE 3 21 Jump Starting 22222226 REE ERE REE 5 39 Keyless Entry System css 2 3 KEYS se anede be reba aea aa sees 2 2 Labeling Tire Sidewall ceceeseeeeeeeeeees 5 52 Lamps Mirror RAGING csser ennea 3 15 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceeceeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeneees 1 19 LATCH System Child Restraints cceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeaes 1 31 Latches Seatback ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeees 1 5 License Plate Lamps eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 48 Light Airbag Readiness 2 cccceceeeseeeneseeeeeerees 3 24 Antilock Brake System Warning 6 08 3 28 Brake System Warning eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 27 Charging System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 3 27 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 30 Fog Lamp erone ar E 3 35 Highb am OM siisii ranira 3 36 Low Coolant Warning W u d ssssseeeeeeeererenene 3 30 Low Fuel Warning sinimni 3 37 Malfunction Indicator ceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee bes 3 32 Oil Pressure eee eect eee renee ener enken ones 3 35 Light cont Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Reduced Engine Power
4. 0 1 41 Antenna Fixed Mast cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 72 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna DOV SILOM sare n rae EENEN AEA 3 72 Antilock Brake System ABS aseene 4 4 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 28 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 90 Care of Safety Belts u ssseseeeeeeererereee 5 87 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 91 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0005 5 88 Convertible Top tis e csccie deetaastacsssasadieciesisenass 5 89 Fabric Carpet 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 85 Finish Gale eeren reion t E R 5 88 Finish Damage seinieni aces tecqncaeunnd tones ienen 5 91 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUITACES cerier eetet 5 86 Interior Cleaning W u sseeeeeere renere eee eee ees 5 84 Leather spcsntansncedccdcteas sees se BEDE aeni 5 86 Sheet Metal Damage eceeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 91 TOS sndiscukelooksirtarshiiuerstenetasatan senmadeanenamneuesa 5 91 Underbody Maintenance 5 91 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 92 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 87 Weathersitps 22525 iiinis ie brad ble kob tenn 5 87 Windshield and Wiper Blades 00 5 89 Appointments Scheduling Service 0 7 9 ASIA oeenn enre a a A 3 16 Audio System hesir isa eies canoin tsani tanen 3 50 Audio Steering Wheel C
5. or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A er Q Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less th
6. A CAUTION People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint ACAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor veh
7. Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle Use of non Saturn approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively 3 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting
8. Starting the Engine Place the transmission in the proper gear Automatic Transmission Move the shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N The engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down That is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranki
9. csceseeeeereeeee 3 36 Safety Belt Reminders eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 23 SeU naoin eroan a A E aaa 3 35 Tire Pressure errelea a AEAEE 3 31 KL GUI 1 RT SV EET get dre enes RESENS SEER o BER BEER REE see 3 36 Lighting EMtryiEXit sooni aaor iiaa 3 15 RT FSR ER ERR SEERE eccemeceedeniaaimecsaea aaaea 3 13 Plash to Pass iioaeoei ea 3 8 High Low Beam Changer W W W u ssseeeerereerereee 3 8 On Reminder es Tearen ane pe ERE 3 13 Limited Slip Rear Axle a se 4 8 Loading Your Vehicle u u ssssseeeeereees resterne nnen 4 23 Lockout Protection oinensis a oeenateoeed 2 8 Locks Automatic Door LOCK cceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 2 7 Delayed Locking 22262222 snes BONKE EDEN ESKE DE 2 7 DOOM EN EEN E a a ae Ein 2 6 Lockout ProteGtio nus ai anes 2 8 Power DOOL oenige reire aeae ERR 2 6 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 7 Loss Of Control esi eeneioe a 4 13 Low Coolant Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 30 Low Fuel Warning Light a a 3 37 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 0 eeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cccccccc eana tanei 6 8 At Least Once a Month cccc ec eeeeeeeee ees 6 9 At Least Once a Year ccccccccc ec ec es eeeeeenenens 6 9 Introduction 2 0 2 ccc cece cece enan EEn 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccceeeeseeeaeeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Record ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 Maintenance
10. drive with caution Traction control improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even if your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you might want to turn the TCS off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds or if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 lf Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 22 and Winter Tires on page 5 51 Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more The Antilock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop ona slippery road Even though you have ABS begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 If the ABS is ever disabled if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can Allow greater following distance on any slippery road Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the
11. Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan are running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle 5 29 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice The engine has a specific cooling system drain and fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If the engine s cooling system needs to be drained and re filled please see the dealer retailer If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but
12. For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be l
13. Notice Dolly towing or dinghy towing your vehicle may cause damage to the vehicle Always put your vehicle on a flatbed truck Your vehicle was neither designed nor intended to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle earlier in this section Towing a Trailer Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE sianie paea riai 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ecececceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 1 1 1 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 08 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle scyoroereccavacomaneaceristicnwsdeanduditune 5 5 FUSI erara E eee cnatuceaeatens ee esate anes 5 5 Gasoline Octane 5 jorgen teri Ale Ds Edna 5 5 Gasoline Specifications semis ass aiae 5 6 California Fuel ccccecceeeececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeees 5 6 AGGIIVES veriossa ennen alee denatie Parasols NEE 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries sceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the TANK wcsccccesccuctecsdcdendotasd decree bel st r 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release den ie ea ad Dad 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Oil scctschstcoiosatdtsnenemededdengumeneguabnecsncwer 5 15 Engine Oil L
14. See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC LIGHT FLASH This feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter are pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 47 AUTO UNLK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER
15. The ignition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached 3 49 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features A CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving 3 50 While your vehicle is parked Familiarize yourself with all of its controls Familiarize yourself with its operation Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be a
16. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door ACAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The CHECK GAS CAP message displays if the fuel cap is not pr
17. Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are drivable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed o
18. If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 5 27 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see 2 0L L4 Engine A Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap B Electric Engine Cooling Fan Out of View 2 4 L4 Engine A Electric Engine Cooling Fan Out of View Z CAUTION B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 5 28 If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned
19. Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release the buttons to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 for more information 3 38 DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information Modes INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Outside Air Temperature and Odometer Press the information button until the outside air temperature and the odometer display This mode shows the temperature outside of the vehicle in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C and the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km The outside air temperature appears on the left side of the DIC display and the odometer appears on the right side of the display To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B display These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time To reset the trip odometer to zero press and hold the reset button for a fe
20. Service TIRE MONITOR This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 31 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 59 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer TRACTION OFF If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when the TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 8 and Trunk Ajar Light on page 3 36 for more information DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from th
21. The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 45 For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s f
22. Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 t Canada 10953474 Usage Fluid Lubricant SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 With a complete drain and refill add 4 ounces 118 ml of Limited Slip Axle Lubricant Additive GM Part No U S 1052358 in Canada 992694 where required See Rear Axle on page 5 44 Rear Axle Rear Axle Limited Slip Differential Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Chassis Lubrication Usage Fluid Lubricant Hood Latch Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or lubricant Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube ped and _ GM Part No U S 12346241 g in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Weatherstrip Conditioning Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtain
23. affixed to the trunk lid surface Raising the Manual Convertible Top 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake firmly and shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 2 Make sure the ignition is turned off and lower the windows 3 Push the trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped 4 Lift the trunk Pull the convertible top forward by firmly gripping the side edge B and applying a brisk upward and forward motion to get the top in the full up position Pull the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the outside of the vehicle or push the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the inside of the vehicle Turn the top front latch handle clockwise to latch the convertible top Close the trunk D by pressing down from the rear center of it with a swift firm motion 9 At the rear edge of the convertible top press down on the two buttresses C to latch them into the top of the trunk A clear Mylar protective film has been installed at the factory on the trunk lid surface under the convertible top buttresses This film is designed to help prevent paint damage to the trunk lid Do not remove this protective film It is intended to remain permanently affixed to the trunk lid surface 2 37 4 NOTES 2 38 Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overvie
24. be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information 5 30 If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap ACAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap mixture the engine could get too hot but you when the cooling system including the coolant would not get the overheat warning The engine surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose could catch fire and you or others could be is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable counterclockwise about two or two and one half water and DEX COOL coolant turns If you hear a hiss wait for t
25. be transported in your vehicle even if the airbag is off A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 44 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint The system determines that a small child is present in
26. e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals When tired pull off the road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warni
27. of the manual convertible top The parts of the manual convertible top that are used when lowering and raising it are C Rear Buttresses D Trunk A Front Edge B Side Edge 2 34 Notice Leaving the convertible top down and exposing the interior of your vehicle to outdoor conditions may cause damage Always close the convertible top if leaving your vehicle outdoors Notice Lowering the convertible top when there are objects in the storage area could damage it or break the glass rear window Always verify that no objects are in the storage area before lowering the convertible top Notice Lowering the top if it is damp wet or dirty can cause stains mildew and damage to the inside of your vehicle Dry off the top before lowering it Notice If you lower the top on your vehicle in cold weather 0 F 18 C or lower you may damage top components Do not lower the top in cold weather Notice If you raise or lower the convertible top while the vehicle is in motion you could damage the top or the top mechanism The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in FIRST 1 or REVERSE R turn the ignition off and engage the parking brake before raising or lowering the convertible top ACAUTION Moving parts of the convertible top can be dangerous People can be injured by the convertible top and its mechanism Keep people away from y
28. or another electrical problem Have it checked right away If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 27 When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set the parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully released You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 28 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is
29. rene ane 5 93 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 1 5 74 Service Parts Identification Label 5 93 Appearance Care 1 eset tetris 5 84 Electrical System ce 5 94 Interior Cleaning 1 5 84 Add On Electrical Equipment 5 94 Fabric Garpet esearon ranna eee eine 5 85 Headlamp Wiring cccccccesessessesseseeeerevereees 5 94 Leather SPREE RE ER FEE EE FEE FE ERR EL ELLLER FEE EEEEEEEELEEE 5 86 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 94 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Fuses and Circuit Breakers ccccceee seen 5 94 Plastic SUMACOS wc 20cc cs2scecccn2esecepinadstedeesnaind 5 86 Floor Console Fuse BIOCK 2 5 95 Care of Safety Belts ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 87 Underhood Fuse BOCK eee 5 96 Capacities and Specifications 0 5 99 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine Saturn parts and Saturn trained and supported service people Genuine Saturn parts have one of these marks ACBelcoa SATURN Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or da
30. s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over 5 61 The TPMS matching process is outlined below We 2 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off Press and hold the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitters LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for about five seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn sounds twice indicating the TPMS receiver is ready and in learn mode Start with the driver side front tire The driver side front turn signal also comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirp can take up to 30 seconds to sound It chirps one time and then all the turn signals flash one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position The passenger side front turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 5 62 10 Tid The passenger side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner senso
31. system or the Traction Control System TCS this warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem This light along with the appropriate Driver Information Center DIC messages indicates when the ESC system and the TCS are working or are disabled If this light is on and not flashing the TCS and potentially the ESC system have been disabled Check your DIC messaging to determine which feature s is no longer functioning and whether it is because of the driver turning off the feature s or the system may not be working properly and your vehicle requires service If the TCS is disabled wheel spin will not be limited If the ESC system is disabled the system will not aid in maintaining vehicle directional control In either case adjust your driving accordingly If the light is on and flashing the TCS or the ESC system is actively working Check the DIC messaging for details to determine which system is working If the LOW TRACTION message appears the system is limiting wheel spin If the ESC ACTIVE message appears the system is aiding in maintaining vehicle directional control See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 and Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information on the messages associated with this li
32. tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 65 5 55 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 68 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 5 56 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflatio
33. 8 IMMOCUCHION Seo so Als rare beder dan sek deacons 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 6 9 Maintenance Requirements seeeeeeeee ee 6 2 At Least Once a Year nanne 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Using the Maintenance Schedule ceeceeeeeeas 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Additional Required Services ceeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing ccecce 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle mai
34. 88 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 2 sccscsccsxdeeieeviedeebivecds ene 5 86 latenn ced snes a E ENE E AE Ens 5 84 Leather us ER aranna EErEE EEEF 5 86 NOS 3 2 E Mes ois siden hen ile eng 5 91 Underbody Maintenance G ssssserereserre reen 5 91 Washing Your Vehicle W dssssseeseerereseeren ennen 5 87 Weatherstrips 26255 orne Ebert enenda 5 87 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 5 89 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 17 Outlet Adjustment cceceeeeeeeeeee neces 3 20 Clock casnctdsircnse cam ateasssttex ine ken Eee LENE GLEN 3 51 Clutch Hydraulic 02 ccce bleer bryn 5 23 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 11 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant 0 eeeee ee 5 74 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeeeeee eee eeee 2 12 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee een eed 4 3 Convertible TOP ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 2 34 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Low Warning Lig At s2ictcsvieccncse oiecdiiaodiesce stocks 3 30 Surge Tank Pressure Cap cceeeeeeeeeeee eres 5 26 Cooling System cccceececeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 28 Grulise Control seorsa lerien iann e iani iaa 3 10 Cupholder S sirrini no E h 2 33 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation c ceeeeeeneeeeeneee ees 7 9
35. A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 72 4 22 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 28 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can
36. CDA files and MP3 files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 Format lf you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure the CD does not have more than a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files to read and play Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space
37. Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured ina crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires 5 72 If a Tire Goes Flat Your vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 74 There is no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place to store a tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 5 50 lf air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blow out here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position a
38. Entry RKE transmitter lock button to arm the system The system will arm after either of these things occur Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system arms in 60 seconds if a door is open or after the open door is closed If you do not want to arm the system lock the car with the manual door lock knobs Disarming the System To disarm the system Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has been closed This allows you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter or open the trunk using the transmitter without having to disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated To activate the system if it is armed Open the driver s door or trunk This causes a ten second pre alarm chirping noise followed by the horn sounding and lights flashing for 30 seconds e Open a passenger s door This immediately causes a full alarm of the horn sounding and lights flashing for 30 seconds After the 30 second alarm ends the system will re arm itself How t
39. Materials Description Usas Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax Treated polishing cloth Tar and Road Removes tar road oil and Oil Remover asphalt Chrome Cleaner Use on chrome or and Polish stainless steel Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Convertible Top Cleaner Cleans convertible tops Convertible Top Protector Protects convertible tops Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Vie from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on wipe off Finish Enhancer 5 92 Description Usage Removes swirl marks fine scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches i Cleans shines and oe Shine protects in one easy step no wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Swirl Remover Polish Wash Wax Concentrate Quickly and easily removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Spot Lifter Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code Vehicle Identification Number VIN eee eso eaaet paris S engine Service Parts Identification Label e This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The
40. Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off The LED indicator light will turn on and off when this button is pressed RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off button to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed desired 3 Press the SET control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is on 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This of course disengages the cruise control To return to your previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once you are going about 16 mph 26 km h or more you can press the RES button briefly This will take you back up to your previously chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to increase speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES button Press it until you get up to the speed desired and then re
41. Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 3 68 O Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R or CD RW The radio can begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R or CD RW begins playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R CD RW and begins playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by a
42. Requirements 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Owner Checks and Services cccceceeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccccceeeeeee eens 6 4 USING raen a eN eng 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light oaeee 3 32 Manual Seats ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeneees 1 2 Manual Transmission PUIG riein dnne Seis niet Nesa len 5 23 Operaatio neosasani aaa oa ES 2 23 Manual USING ED Ea LADE a iii Message DIC Warnings and Messages W W W u ssesererreree 3 41 Mirror Reading Lamps s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 15 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 29 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 29 Outside Power Mirrors 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 29 MPS ER ESSENS SSR EE SEE SEE E 3 64 MYyYGMILink COM criieriisns tiee se ates 7 4 Navigation System Privacy ssseeeeverererrree 7 17 New Vehicle Break In 2 2 eceeeeeeeeeeeee sees 2 16 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 14 Odameter esicccdscadsicancacswcstegcetsnescsdsinengaacdeestedees 3 22 Off Road Recovery sssseeeeeereree eee eeeeeneeeees 4 13 Oil ENGINE kiismeri unae E EETA 5 15 Pressure Light sseriee eosa sana EEA 3 35 Oil Engine Oil Life System 5 19 Older Children Restraints c ccccceeeeee ease 1
43. S24 Spring Hill TN 37174 1500 In Canada call 1 800 263 1999 or write Saturn Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals A variety of publications are available to you Saturn service manuals are written for trained technicians and in some cases specialized tools and equipment are necessary to complete certain repairs However the manuals are available to owners who either have the training or wish to gain a greater understanding of the technical aspect of their Saturn For additional publications information or to order publications in the United States call toll free 1 800 2 SATURN or visit www saturn publications com to order on line In Canada Saturn service manuals are available by calling toll free 1 800 551 4123 Owner Publications Information on how to obtain product bulletins and as described below is applicable only in the fifty U S states and the District of Columbia and only for cars and light trucks with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR less than 10 000 pounds 4 536 kg Copies of individual bulletins are also at your participating Saturn retailer You can ask to see them In Canada information relating to product service bulletins can be obtained by contacting your Saturn retailer Service Bulletins Saturn regularly sends its retailers useful servic
44. TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 66 Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction lf the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel location The sensors are matched to the tire wheel locations in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire
45. The driver s door will automatically unlock NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transmission vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the key is turned off If you have an automatic transmission vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only following See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 7 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 48 UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transmission and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings KEY OFF The door s will unlock when the key is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 7 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC EXT Exterior LIGHTS This feature which allows the vehicle s exterio
46. The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 3 69 No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM TheftLocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer XM Radio ID If tuned to
47. To protect the convertible top After you wash the vehicle make sure the top is completely dry before you lower it Do not get any cleaner on the vehicle s painted finish it could leave streaks e If you decide to go through an automatic car wash ask the manager if the equipment could damage your top 5 89 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 5 90 The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on
48. Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative ground bracket for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may do the following occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the not be covered by your warranty Always connect vehicle that had the dead battery and remove the jumper cables in the correct i i order making sure that the cables do not touch 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the each other or other metal vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect
49. Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts lf you have to add coolant more than four times a year See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for have your dealer retailer check your cooling system more information on location Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could 2 damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture A CAUTION of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam Checking Coolant and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line Do not overfill the surge tank Too much coolant can result in an overflow condition when the fluid is hot The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s si
50. also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel
51. also go on when you press the trunk release unlock symbol button or the horn symbol on the Remote Keyless Entry System RKE Transmitter The lamps inside the vehicle will stay on for about 20 seconds after the key is removed from the ignition to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps Your vehicle has reading lamps on the rearview mirror Push the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle has a battery saver feature designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after 20 minutes This prevents draining of the battery 3 15 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlet can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The accessory power outlet is located on the instrument panel to the right of the radio To use the outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could re
52. burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 94 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers O Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers X7 Intermittent Speed Sensitive Wipers Move the lever to this position for intermittent or speed sensitive operation When you select this position the delay will vary depending on the vehicles speed as well as the manually selected delay lt 8 Delay When the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to set for a shorter or longer delay between w
53. carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label ACAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar of your vehicle With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door latch This label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D 4 23 For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 50 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification label It tells you the G
54. cont California Pershlorate Materials Requirements 24 o sed sa cea tetrennederia needa iawn 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 4 Doing Your Own Work cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 4 Engine Soon Light s cesiisieesctsdieasiievecsiciadees 3 32 Publications Ordering Information 7 15 Service Scheduling Appointments 6 8e 7 9 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 48 Sheet Metal Damage cseeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 5 91 Shifting Into Park P uns usa itesediseueileies 2 25 Shifting Out of Park P c ceceeeeeeneeeeeeeee tenes 2 26 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 0e0eee 3 8 Specifications Capacities cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 99 Speedometer ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeeaeeaeeaes 3 22 Starting the Engine sisri areenan sie 2 18 DIGCTING sisal ideer arlet tan a ETERRA 4 11 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 2 3 71 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel ccceeeee eee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area cseeeeee ee 2 33 Cupholder S eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 2 33 GIOVE BOX cz dnedcticiment octincecceen bet a a is 2 33 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 0086 4 22 SUM VISONS aen rasen ts nan aane sateen cena N 2 12 Tachomet ea e E E des 3 22 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Sidemarker Lamps 22 serene engle 5 46 Theft Deterrent Radio 126
55. depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in acurve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have antilock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your the wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the cur
56. different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal co
57. engaged the automatic headlamps will turn off For vehicles with an automatic transmission when the shift lever is shifted out of PARK P the Automatic Headlamp System will turn on Shifting the lever back to PARK P will turn off the automatic headlamp system Headlamps on Reminder If the driver s door is opened with the ignition off and the lamps on a warning chime will sound This lets you know that the headlamps are still on 3 13 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada Your vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel that helps control the DRL Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on when they are not needed The DRL system makes both low beam headlamps turn on at reduced intensity when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamp control is turned to AUTO The light sensor detects daytime light The shift lever is not in PARK P While the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps and instrument panel lights will not be on The DRL system turns off on U S vehicles by using the on off switch for one ignition cycl
58. feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 5 58 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
59. from the electrical connector Install a new bulb Reverse the steps to reinstall 5 46 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Sidemarker Lamps To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 8 for more information 2 Remove the two screws which hold the taillamp assembly from inside the vehicle 3 Pull the taillamp assembly upwards and sideways to disengage it from the vehicle 4 Remove the taillamp assembly Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove To replace a bulb Pull the bulb from the socket 1 Reach behind up and under the rear fascia and Install a new bulb locate the bulb socket 2 Turn it counterclockwise to remove from the bulb assembly Back Up Lamps 3 Pull the bulb from the bulb socket 4 Push in a new bulb into the bulb socket 5 Reinstall the bulb socket by lining up the tabs in the lamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure it 5 6 7 8 Reverse the steps to reinstall the taillamp assembly The back up lamps are located in the rear fascia 5 47 License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs To replace the license plate lamp bulb Exterior Lamp Back Up Lamp Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal poe 1 Front Parking Lamp In Headlamp Assembly WSW B50X2 Front Parking Lamp Turn Signal Lamp 5702KA Below Headlamp Assembly Front and Rear Sidemarker Lamp License Plate Lamp Headlamps High Beam Headlamp 1 Remove the
60. from the rear center of the trunk lid A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 27 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button located in the glovebox The remote trunk release will only work when either the ignition is off or in ACC ACCESSORY the parking brake is engaged or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h Emergency Trunk Release Handle x lt Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside t
61. is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power
62. left arrows displayed or press the SEEK arrows to go to the previous or to the next XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the Jd knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category displays or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label Categories cannot be removed or added while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service Loc or Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be
63. location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and Tires on page 5 50 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants 5 60 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the
64. low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS turns on the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster At the same time a message to check the pressure ina specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure 5 59 Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its
65. monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission Before leaving your manual transmission vehicle fully press the clutch pedal in move the shift lever in either FIRST 1 gear or REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 23 You might have exhaust coming in if The exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Parking Over Things That Burn ACAUTION Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 27 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 27 Also idling in a closed in place can l
66. of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle 1 37 Where Are the Airbags A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 22 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 26 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster F which shows the airbag ho s PX symbol The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more information 1 38 ACAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel
67. of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R or CD RW partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R or CD RW should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD R or CD RW in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays amp EJECT Press this button to eject CD R s or CD RW s To eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If the CD R or CD RW is not removed after several seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs JJ Tune Turn this knob to select M
68. on page 3 29 for more information lf your vehicle is in cruise control when TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 A ee When this light is on solid and either the SERVICE TRACTION or TRACTION OFF message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information The Traction Control System is automatically enabled whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system enabled You can turn TCS off if you ever need to It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 22 ee The DIC will display the appropriate message as described previously when you press the button To turn the system off or on press and release the ESC TCS button located on the instrument panel Traction Control Operation Tr
69. on the display and might not fully display Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Playlists can be changed by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons An MP3 CD R or CD RW that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R or CD RW contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible 3 65 Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD R or CD RW contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions are not displayed on a CD R or CD RW that was recorded withou
70. parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your v
71. position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Q Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system A If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and d
72. possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the LOCK OFF position The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key III system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill s
73. press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next track Press and hold the arrows longer than three quarters of a second to continue reversing back or advancing ahead to other tracks within the disc Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume Mute Voice Activation Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle has OnStar press and hold this button for two seconds to activate voice on the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 2 30 in this manual for more information Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet 3 71 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals only reach about 10
74. press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays While information is not available No Info displays 3 55 Setting Preset Stations Radio with CD Base Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM Tune in the desired station Press and hold one of the six numbered PORN pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 5 Repeat Steps 2 through 4 for each pushbutton Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button 3 56 Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the follow
75. repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 91 Vehicle Care Appearance
76. side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 68 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger p metric vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S ITT B A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construct
77. sis bones niens 3 70 Theft Deterrent Systems W sssseeeeerereeen ener 2 12 Content Theft Deterrent u sseeeeeereee 2 12 PASS Key I oo cccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 2 14 PASS Key Ill Operation 1 2 14 Tilt Wheel 0 eee ee cece cece eeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 6 TIME Seting iio cise ncwesdee enan in ea iaia i 3 51 Tire Pressure Light ecien 3 31 Tires merienenn ea a vanes EER 5 50 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning icenian i bh 5 90 Buying New TireS 222 hulens ns bekende 5 66 Chains ssori darraiona ere RE EERE EAEE 5 72 Cleaning sorro isai e aana Eain ee EIA 5 91 Different Si26iss rinira aere anD 5 67 If a Tire Goes Flat sssssseeeeerrernrnrnre 5 72 Inflation Tire Pressure 2 0 0 cece eeee eee e terete es 5 56 Inspection and Rotation ce ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 63 Pressure Monitor Operation c eeeeeeeeees 5 59 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 58 Tires cont Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 5 74 Tire Sidewall Labeling cceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 52 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading cceeeeeeeees 5 68 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 69 Wheel Replacement eeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 70 When It Is Time for New Tires ee 5 65 Winter Thess able eksekvere 5 51 Towing Recreation
78. sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on the hazard warning flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful 4 20 ACAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And che
79. tether anchors to secure a child restraint with the LATCH system If a national or local law requires that your top tether be anchored do not use a child restraint in this vehicle because a top tether cannot be properly anchored You must use the safety belts to secure your child restraint in this vehicle unless a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored Refer to your child restraint instructions and instructions in this manual for securing a child restraint using the vehicle s safety belts 1 31 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 1 32 CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system
80. the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the JJ knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the 4J knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow b gt FWD forward or lt lt REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the Jd knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization Press to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the 4J knob 3 57 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade Radio with CD Base d BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the Jd knob until the desired speaker control label displays Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting Adjus
81. tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 5 54 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating
82. to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XMIM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or through tunnels could cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 72 Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to its base If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Your vehicle may have the XM Satellite Radio antenna that is located on the trunk of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunk DIVINO essene kede ye bob sen ARE 4 2 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeee 4 3 Bra
83. to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically 4 RPM x 1000 United States Base Cluster shown Canada and Uplevel similar Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The vehicle s odometer works together with the Driver Information Center DIC A Trip A and Trip B odometer can be set See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Open the driver s door and the mileage will be displayed briefly If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer 3 22 Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Li
84. with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance Alternative Service Canada only There could be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures may be covered However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver Saturn and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Calling for Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representatives Your name home address and home telephone number Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the p
85. you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt lf you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or high
86. 008 1 50 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash esccaine menne iei Onnie 1 51 Retained Accessory Power RAP eccccccc 2 18 Roadside Assistance Program ceceeeeeseeeeeteeeneeeeeees 7 7 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 Routing Engine Drive Belt eee 6 15 Running the Engine While Parked 05 2 28 Safety Belt Reminder Eight ise piesendcetansmaaabinersaciebes 3 23 Safety Belts Gare aen renerne er reale DAAE 5 87 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 11 Lap Shoulder Belt aa earn eres 1 19 Safety Belt Extender W W u u sssseeeeeerererernee 1 22 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 21 Safety Belts Are for Everyone a c 1 6 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0 ceeeeeeeeee ees iii Scheduled Maintenance ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Seatback Latches cceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 5 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster eseeeeee ee 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 seatback Latches vies role ber 1 5 Securing a Child Restraint Right Front Seat Position eeeeeeeee eee 1 32 Security Light sacs ascecacuseeiacnie eee 3 35 DONVICE cen seuscucrensbudecenstatee theseaaectveewtatentoeuadtees 5 3 Accessories and Modifications e 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside Of Your Vehicle seserian a 5 5 10 Service
87. 00ccceeeeeeeees 3 29 Instrument Panel Brightness 2 000 000 essere 3 15 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Entry Exit Lighting PE ES memes A atunaaieg 3 15 Low Coolant Warning Light 0 0 ccccceseeeee 3 30 Mirror Reading Lamps eee 3 15 Tire Pressure Light ccccccccsccssscceceseeeeeees 3 31 Battery Run Down Protection se 3 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp cccccceeeeseeeees 3 32 Accessory Power Outlet S sner 3 16 Oil Pressure Light ica cenctns cadeaasccacaeinsacetexencses 3 35 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 16 Security Light 0 c cscseseeeeseeeeseseseseseeeeeeees 3 35 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Fog Lamp Light 322 anven 3 35 Audio System s cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ereeee ees 3 50 Reduced Engine Power Light 00 3 36 Setting the Time ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eenes 3 51 Highbeam On Light seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 36 Radlo S iade bores aaa aE EED 3 54 Trunk Ajar Light 522 beh auken 3 36 Using an MPS 22252 nn canchias fees eh aes 3 64 FUG Gage scceeceeivevetiesivisdoseisieieves EE cadens 3 37 XM Radio Messages sceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeea tees 3 69 Low Fuel Warning Light a ca 3 37 Theft Deterrent Feature 0 e eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 70 Driver Information Center DIC 3 38 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 2 3 71 DIC Operation and Displays 3 38 Radio RECOPUOM scrii o
88. 2 24 Doors and LOCKS i o 2 6 Shifting Into PARK P DOOrsLOCKS ssiscssstdavasovsdiuaausavssachundieecssseesseved 2 6 Automatic Transmission sener 2 25 Power Door LOCKS ccc0cccccceeeeeeessseseeeeeeeees 2 6 Shifting Out of PARK P ccccscccessesseneeeenseone 2 26 Delayed LOCKING cccecessececeeeccesesaeeeeeeeeees 2 7 Parking Your Vehicle Automatic Door Lock cccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaes 2 7 Manual Transmission seerne 2 27 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 7 Parking Over Things That Burn 2 27 Lockout Protection c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 8 Engine Exhaust ee 2 27 WMC cise aea Newt Mn SEE BEROR 2 8 Running the Engine While Parked 2 28 WINKOWS ooo co cccccccccccccccecececececececececebebetcesesencs 2 10 Mirrors EPE Er E eee 2 29 Power WINdOWS 0ccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Manual Rearview Mirror cceceeeeeeeeees 2 29 SUM VIS Ol ee eaae A eee 2 12 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 29 Theft Deterrent Systems c ccccccccceeseeseeeeees 2 12 Outside Power Mirrors 0seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 29 Content Theft Deterrent ss 2 42 OnStar System eee 2 30 PASS Key Ill BER are ener 2 14 Storage Areas sssssesseeeeeeeeeeeerenneee 2 33 PASS Key lll Operation 26304 on kreds 2 14 Glove BOX eccccccsescecessesecesseseetesteseesesteeeeees 2 33 Starting and Operat
89. 2008 Saturn SKY Owner Manual Cl Seats and Restraint Systems 1 1 Front Seats oo eeceecescsecssececeueeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Safety BeltS oo ceeccecceeeeeeeeee sense eenees 1 6 Child Restraints ccc eececeeeceeeeeee eee eees 1 22 Airbag System oo eee eeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 36 Restraint System Check ccceceeceeee eee eees 1 50 Features and Controls 0 cccceaceeeseeeeeeeeaeas 2 1 Keys serros e E N EA 2 2 Doors and LOCKS R u u u ds ssssseeeeeeeeeeenern enke kknnee 2 6 Windows sisrnasitsunsreisiiniianien seinni tenein 2 10 Theft Deterrent Systems d dcdcsssereren 2 12 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 16 MINOIS FE E E 2 29 OnStar System uses ve rev rrr rr rn 2 30 Storage Areas sGG w Gssssssseseeeeeeee eee ee een ee een eenens 2 33 Convertible TOP oo cece ccccc ee cce eee ee eee eeeene 2 34 Instrument Panel c ccccceeseee sees sees sees nena es 3 1 Instrument Panel Overview _ c0ce eee ee 3 4 Climate Controls oo ececeeceececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 20 Driver Information Center DIC 3 38 Audio System S ccccc eee ee iaia riais 3 50 Driving Your Vehicle 0cccceseeeeeeeeees 4 1 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 TOWING creeren EA 4 28 Service and Appearance Care
90. 22 Online Owner Center 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 OnStar Privacy ccceceececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 17 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 30 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment cceceeeceeeeee eee eee eeaeea ees 3 20 Outlets Accessory POWER esserne needed 3 16 Outside Power Mirfors ss sd tiinas moian nadi aaea 2 29 Owner Checks and Services a se 6 8 Owners Canadian seesteinen en a ii Paint Damage 4 har eee der 5 91 Paik Brake canes a ERE Er 2 24 Park P SAMNIO meena EE E 2 25 Shifting Out Of srir eeina ei 2 26 Parking Over Things That Burn ssseeeererererreer 2 27 Parking Your Vehicle W u u u v c serene eesnrnn nen 2 27 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeeees 1 43 PASSING enora eea areas essay ne ansete 4 13 PASS Key Ml es ie ehsana ann oiiae 2 14 PASS Key Ill Operation sssssseseeeeeee 2 14 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power Door Locks saeg ied AN 2 6 Electrical System neicneri bunkere iero nnne 5 94 Reduced Engine Light 222 versene bun 3 36 Power cont Retained Accessory RAP nasaan 2 18 Steering Flid creses anna 5 33 WINGOWS zs aici be seateeceteniaieaianuannimenatedateatets 2 11 PVC ernim neds ban canatheacsbenea bowed elas craatnes 7 16 Event Data Recorde
91. 36 Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake or clutch hydraulic system can damage brake or clutch hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Front disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly ACAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated
92. 9 TTY users in Canada may call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 553 6000 Text Telephone TTY 1 800 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Saturn vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Saturn Roadside Assistance Program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provided The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first and in Canada only up to a maximum of 100 Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 Canada In Canada service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels are not provided through this service Lock out Service Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Hi
93. Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 36 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them ACAUTION Airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person ACAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge
94. CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 3 64 later in this section CD Messages CHECK DISC If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There could have been a problem while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer while reporting the problem 3 63 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the v
95. Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users eeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices eeeeeeeeees 7 6 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 065 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government c ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 0 eseeeeeees 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program s c 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information saas aserne orne de 7 15 Daytime Running Lamps 22222 esbe 3 14 Defensive Driving wssccccccccscecnstsencnassaeeceuncacena ness 4 2 Delayed LOCKING 2 2 dead ndntianenaes bee elser bes 2 7 Disc MPS irainen iaae aa E 3 64 Doing Your Own Service Work dseeeneerererereee 5 4 Door Automatic Door LOCK ssssiriissrrinsiiiiapaniosas 2 7 Delayed Locking srt she Eee kaer 2 7 LOCKS E E eee ended d 2 6 Power Door LOCKS cdcciesccncssamercerenstenttetacmantag 2 6 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 7 Driver Seat Height Adjuster ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 2 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeeee 3 38 DIC Operation and Displays ceeeeeees 3 38 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 eeeeeeee 3 45 DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeee 3 41 Driving At Night s vetietsswestaccindaeshi hive tees 4 15 Before a Long Tri
96. Engine 2 0L L4 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use For Vehicles With the 2 0L L4 Engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM4718M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for three things e GM4718M Your vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M such as Mobil 1 or equivalent Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M Notice If you use oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API symbol on the container Look for this on the oil container and use only th
97. GAWR for either the front or rear axle ACAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash the life of your vehicle Put things in the rear area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause evenly damage Repairs would not be covered by your Never stack heavier things like warranty Do not overload your vehicle suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can 4 27 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 4 28 Recreational Vehicle Towing
98. General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the Saturn Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 1999 or you may write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your Saturn ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to Get e mail service reminders Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and video
99. Government lf you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Saturn Corporation If NHTSA receives similar complaints it could open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it could order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or Saturn Corporation To contact NHTSA call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify Saturn Call 1 800 553 6000 or write Saturn Corporation 100 Saturn Parkway Mail Drop 371 999
100. If the key is in the ignition this feature will not lock the doors Automatic Door Lock The vehicle s doors are programmed to lock when the shift lever is moved into a forward gear If someone needs to get in or out of the vehicle after the doors have been locked place the shift lever into PARK P You may also unlock all doors using the power door lock switch or unlock one door using the inside manual door lock The automatic door lock feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock The vehicle s doors are programmed from the factory to unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P On vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC there are different programming options for unlocking the doors automatically See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 Lockout Protection The lockout protection feature makes it more difficult to lock the key in the vehicle If the driver s door is open while the key is in the ignition the door cannot be locked with the power door lock switch This feature cannot guarantee that you will never be locked out of the vehicle If the key is not left in the ignition or if the manual door lock is used the key could still be locked inside the vehicle Always remember to take the key with you Trunk To release the trunk lid use either the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or see Remote Trunk Release following To close the trunk push down firmly
101. New Tires itccescciesessiesetaadiveccsesiveress 5 66 California Fuel vsctencotiescstiertetis nasa res ase 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 4 Canadian Owners wii iisctsssiieseecsteaenseiacdielckaeiaaed ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeeee 5 99 Carbon Monoxide 068 2 8 2 27 4 18 4 28 Care of Safety BeltS ciraire timed 5 87 CD MPS irrien avi Aerie 3 64 Center Console Storage Area c eeeeeeeeeeee 2 33 CHaInS Tite cc aa O EL need ned 5 72 Charging System Light sceseeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 27 Check Engine Hight ze ar are n a 3 32 Checking Things Under the Hood 0 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 5 91 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems eeeeeeeeee eens 1 29 Infants and Young Children 0eeeeeeee 1 26 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 31 Older Children cccceeeeeeceeeeeaeeaeeaeeeeeaes 1 22 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 0 1 32 Cigarette Lighter 23k ieee sek arsen 3 16 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 90 Convertible TOP 32k teens 5 89 Exterior Lamps Lenses seeeeeeneeeeeeees 5 88 Fabric Carpet nits 23k pues hamancgttantueecwsyeccasieen 5 85 Finish Care vciccccsessisevedecciosgwed steatecsusadvaeeas evs 5
102. P3 files on the CD R or CD RW currently playing K SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder 3 67 lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays D gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD R CD RW or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files in random order from the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until
103. See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 6 A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injure
104. The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door while in LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY when the key has not been removed from the ignition Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off Audio System Power Windows The radio will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned off power to the radio and windows will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened
105. The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a
106. UTION dealer retailer for service When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position With an automatic transmission the ignition A CAUTION should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P The ignition key should come When you are doing this inspection the out only in LOCK OFF vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle e With a manual transmission the ignition key should moves you or others could be injured come out only in LOCK OFF Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room lt should only lock when turned to the right around the vehicle It should be parked on a Contact your dealer retailer if service is required level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the i
107. Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal Convertible Top The vehicle s convertible top should be cleaned often However high pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle When you hand wash the top do it in partial shade Use a mild soap lukewarm water and a soft sponge A chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top and a brush can chafe the threads in the top fabric Do not use detergents harsh cleaners solvents or bleaching agents Wet the entire vehicle and wash the top evenly to avoid spots or rings Let the soap remain on the fabric for a few minutes When the top is really dirty use a mild foam type cleaner Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle then let the top dry in direct sunlight
108. Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the Driver Information Center DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 3 Press the information button to scro
109. When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read watch i the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid be operating your vehicle in an area where the Water can cause the solution to freeze and temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that damage your washer fluid tank and other parts has sufficient protection against freezing of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Adding Washer Fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your Compartment Overview on windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s page 5 12 for reservoir windshield washer system and paint location 5 34 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is lea
110. a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 32 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer
111. action control limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels engine speed management and by applying brakes to each individual wheel brake traction control as necessary The traction control system is enabled automatically when you start your vehicle and it will activate and flash the ESC TCS light and display the LOW TRACTION message if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving For more information on the LOW TRACTION message see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 38 Notice If you allow the wheel s of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC TCS ABS and Brake warning lights and the SERVICE ESC and or SERVICE TRACTION messages are displayed you could damage the differential The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed Notice When traction control is turned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the rear wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the rear wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See your warranty book for additional information The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleration wh
112. ad signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving Have your vehicle in good shape for winter You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 50 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow
113. al Vehicle 2 eeeseeeeeeeeeeee es 4 28 Towing a Trailer mireinio ai 4 28 YOUR Vehicle acs cess eeu diss elelr bennett 4 28 Traction Control System TCS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eens 4 6 Limited Slip Rear Axle c eceeeeeneeeeeneee renee 4 8 Traction Control System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 29 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccccc ec eee eee ee tees eeeeeeenes 5 23 Fluid Manual sisisscicacscscacsccisvaidcesavsawastcssseacas 5 23 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 20 Transmission Operation Manual 2 23 MUNK spice Rene see SE ee a a ERE SER ESE oe 2 8 Trunk Ajar Light 2253243 Ernst anse narre ure Elke 3 36 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ssseeeerere 3 7 11 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading c e 5 68 Using this Manual sic ccicdsscccncnadesteseasenteuentagingees ees iii Vehicle GORE ONE ere cee arte teers eer rrererretrit 4 3 Damage Warnings sceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea ees iv Boda ge si a a eee 4 23 Parking YOUR i caccsemnacckeatireetadahertaramincsheareenet 2 27 SYM BOSE sinirini ai a ra n aE EAEE a iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN riella 5 93 Service Parts Identification Label 5 93 Vehicle Personalization DDG SE FEE Een UREN 3 45 Ventilation Adjustment W u ssseseeeesee r
114. also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When this message is acknowledged and cleared from the display the engine oil life system must still be reset separately See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message displays if the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to make sure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off CHECK TIRE PRESS Pressure This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 50 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 31 3 41 COMPETITIVE MODE If your vehicle has this feature this message displays when the Competitive Driving mode is selected The Tract
115. an 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 22 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 26 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know i amp Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if
116. ance to the body and chassis A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off ACAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or the threads of the wheel nuts If you do the wheel nuts might come loose and the wheel could fall off causing a crash ACAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off This could lead to a crash Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new Saturn original equipment wheel nuts Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification Used Replacement Wheels ACAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new Saturn original equipment wheel 5 71 Tire Chains A CAUTION
117. annel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down 4 Turn the sealant canister so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor 5 Lift the sealant canister from the compressor and replace with a new sealant canister See your dealer retailer for more information 5 83 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended 5 84 Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfa
118. arness system holds the infant in place and in a injuries Young children should always be crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint secured in appropriate child restraints A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 29 A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 30 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy fr
119. at that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 25 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 1 26 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint
120. ation arbitration program called Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty This program is available at no cost to you our customer Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case is generally heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you can reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you Contact the BBB Auto Line Program by using the toll free telephone number or by writing them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors Saturn Corporation reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps 1 and 2
121. aweianades rania 5 51 Washing Your Vehicle 22122122 araberne ber 5 87 Tire Sidewall Labeling sssseeeereeeereneee 5 52 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 00 5 88 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 54 Finish CARS oner her onatemecatiedanastondtvecdingtmncts 5 88 Inflation Tire Pressure a nn 5 56 Windshield and Wiper Blades ccce 5 89 Tire Pressure Monitor System ssseeeeree 5 58 Convertible TOP X sssseeeeeerenee renerne renen 5 89 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 5 59 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Tire Inspection and Rotation eee 5 63 and THM ir ole ress onsegiegneie taniceentieaeianres 5 90 When It Is Time for New Tires 0 eee 5 65 UL TREE Re ERNE Sae SEERE so E E 5 91 Buying New TireS 55 rear serene 5 66 Sheet Metal Damage W G ssssseeeeeeenrere renen 5 91 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0000 5 67 FINISH Damage aars eie iie A 5 91 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeees 5 68 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 91 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 69 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 91 Wheel Replacement 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 5 70 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 92 Tire Chains ses 5 72 Vehicle Identification 5 93 f a Tire Goes Flat Patengasciecdnessentaes 5 72 Vehicle Identification Number VIN
122. aytime Running Lamps Cooling Fan 1 Relay LE5 Empty LNF Run Crank Relay mx Foglams 54 FoglampsReay 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 5 98 55 Horn Relay S Band OnStar Remote Keyless Entry System 57 58 59 62 Instrument Panel Ignition 63 64 65 Parking Lamps Relay Parking Lamps 71 Low Beam Headlamp Relay 72 High Beam Headlamp Relay Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information ee CC Engish O Merc For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Cooling System Engine Oil with Filter 2 0L L4 and 2 4L L4 4 7L Fuel Tank 51 5 L Transmission Automatic Complete Drain and Refill 8 5L Transmission Manual Complete Drain and Refill 2 6L Wheel Nut Torque 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual 5 99 Engine Specifications Engine Win coe Spark Plug Gap Automatic i Automatic i 5 100 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 At Each Fuel Fill tcticiccccneieccsacueresnnctioniecsamentes 6
123. be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 65 Buying New Tires GM has developed a
124. brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push If your vehicle has the 2 0L turbocharged engine it has a hydraulic brake boost feature as part of the Electronic Stability Control which supplements the power brake system to maintain consistent brake performance under conditions of low brake booster vacuum Low brake booster vacuum conditions can include initial start up after the vehicle has been parked for several hours very frequent brake stops or high altitude driving When hydraulic brake boost is active you might feel minor brake pulsation or movement but this is normal If brake pedal feel changes or the brake pedal feels hard to push you might not be receiving the intended brake boost and the SVC BRAKE SYSTEM DIC message may be displayed Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC with the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you might even notice that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a proble
125. ces The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers KEON 000 en 000 12800 000 HUD 000 200 09 000 ear a 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 ee automatic transmission fluid severe service See footnote k Change ang transmission fluid normal service Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote g Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for prope
126. ces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap w
127. channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service 3 70 Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it does not operate and LOC LOCK or LOCKED could display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio does not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls vehicle has this feature some audio controls Radio controls are located on the inboard side of the Ta steering wheel If your A can be adjusted at this location They include the v following AV Previous Next Press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next stored radio station and stay there Press and hold the arrows longer than three quarters of a second to advance to the previous or to the next station with a strong signal in the selected band When a CD is playing
128. ck around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes 4 21 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 If your vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method
129. corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 69 later in this section for further detail 3 59 Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD 7 Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the S7 button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the S7 button for two seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD pla
130. d For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time
131. d by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Saturn for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your retailer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs 7 10 Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your retailer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every retailer Please contact your retailer for specific information about availability All Courtesy T
132. d side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Use a temperature setting that provides warm air The warmer the air the quicker the windows clear To prevent fogging on the inside of the windows in modes other than floor defog and defrost make sure the air conditioning compressor is on and recirculation mode is off N Floor Defog Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct the air to the windshield the side window outlets and to the floor outlets When this mode is selected the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near freezing or below W Defrost Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets When this mode is selected the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light on the knob comes on while the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger turns off abou
133. dded it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 18 for more information Setting the Time Without Date Display AM FM Base Radio with a Single CD Player This type of radio has a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the DO power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the button until the hour begins flashing on the display Press the button a second time and the minute begins flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing turn the J tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time 4 Press the button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and the current time displayed is automatically set To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the b
134. de of the vehicle 5 25 Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 26 Engine Overheating There is an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 30 for more information If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle unt
135. der If yes continue If no then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 23 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 24 ACAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a se
136. diagnosing any malfunction 3 32 Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned to ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required If the Light is Flashin
137. different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use Saturn specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a Saturn certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 66 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 67 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Gradi
138. ding into a curb Your vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Winter Tires If your vehicle has P245 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle The low profile performance tires may not offer the traction you would like or the same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads Winter tires in general are designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads With winter tires there may be decreased dry road traction increased road noise and shorter tire tread life After switching to winter tires be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking See your dealer retailer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 66 If you choose to use winter tires Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you ch
139. driving accordingly This electronic stability control mode is recommended only for use during closed track events and competitive driving venues When the ESC TCS button is pressed again or the vehicle is restarted the ESC and TCS turn back on Notice When traction control is turned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the rear wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the rear wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See your warranty book for additional information Steering Power Steering lf you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve
140. e bulletins about Saturn products Saturn monitors product performance in the field We then prepare bulletins for servicing our products better You can get these bulletins too Bulletins cover various subjects Some pertain to the proper use and care of your vehicle Some describe costly repairs Others describe inexpensive repairs which if done on time with the latest parts may avoid future costly repairs Some bulletins tell a technician how to repair a new or unexpected condition Others describe a quicker way to fix your vehicle They can help a technician service your vehicle better Most bulletins apply to conditions affecting a small number of vehicles Your Saturn retailer or a qualified technician may have to determine if a specific bulletin applies to your vehicle To order Saturn bulletins call Saturn Publications at 1 800 2 SATURN or visit www saturn publications com to order online Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your Saturn vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some
141. e if the vehicle is in the PARK P position or if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h after the vehicle is started 3 14 For vehicles first sold in Canada the DRL system will turn off when a automatic transmission vehicle is in the PARK P position or the park brake is set on a manual transmission vehicle and the vehicle speed is less than 8 mph 13 km h As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when it is needed Fog Lamps 0 The ignition must be on to turn the fog lamps on Push the button to turn the fog lamps on and off An indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will come on when the fog lamps are on The fog lamp button is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The parking lamps will automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Turn the thumbwheel up to brighten the lights or down to dim them Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside your vehicle will go on when you open any door These lamps will fade out after about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned on These lamps will
142. e we and our participating retailers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait Saturn helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your retailer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Retailers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the retailer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the retailer s shuttle service the expense must be supporte
143. e 2 23 See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 20 If Equipped Parking Brake Lever See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 50 Electronic Stability Control Traction Control System Button See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 Cigarette Lighter If Equipped Accessory Power Outlet If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 16 and Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 Cupholder See Cupholder s on page 2 33 Trunk Release See Trunk on page 2 8 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 33 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located towards the center of the instrument panel Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the stee
144. e ER 3 37 Speedometer cceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 22 Tachometer aane ne ae E a 3 22 Gasoline Olete ae e EE A EE 5 5 Specifications 2 2 0 ec ceeeece eee eee eects eee eeaeenees 5 6 GIOVE BOX poriniti hensat RES De ho AE 2 33 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers accer 3 6 Headlamp AIMN een A 5 44 Headlamp WING s 2 sse0c jsrail and 5 94 Headlamps xmas cactart2ad eon eine 3 13 Bulb Replacement asoscscsrerererereserarrrrrrrannna 5 44 Daytime Running Lamps ceeeeeeeeeee es 3 14 FlaSh tO P ass rronin 3 8 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 46 Halogen Bulbs cccsc cceiesssangeisecnciasenessseaccacteane 5 45 Headlamps and Parking Lamps 05 5 45 High Low Beam Changer 0 eseeeeeeeneeeeenes 3 8 On Reminder cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 13 Heater sirrane e r toda at ee 3 17 Height Adjuster Driver Seat sssseeeeeeeerree 1 2 Highbeam On LIHT sokler erne Fed Eels 3 36 Highway HYPNOSIS neipetear 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads sssseeeeerereererneer 4 17 Hood Checking Things Under W u sseeeeeeeererernee 5 10 Release dodiri a a aa 5 11 HONN asctdentecsic erronee REE E ai 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 Hydraulic CIUICH esternare aaa 5 23 Ignition POSIHIONS s anse ln a 2 16 Infants and Young Children Restraints
145. e rernnnnee 3 20 VIS OFS ar ere ner en O E Sele ENA 2 12 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeee 3 41 Hazard Warning Flashers a a 3 6 12 Warnings cont Other Warning Devices 6 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols renterne eieaa iii Vehicle Damage cscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 5 69 Different Size 2 0 0 eect eee ee eee een eee eeneeee es 5 67 Replacement nesae e E aE 5 70 WIRGKOWS eiiieaen aana aa e EE GNE ate 2 10 POWEF ee ee ee 2 11 Windshield Washer ah rcc ees ntecaunanacneettecattoccateauereanantentemees 3 10 Washer Fluid on icccciccctedishedies ensued denbicenahcae 5 34 Wiper Blade Replacement 222 ve sener ste 5 49 Wiper Blades Cleaning u sdssseeerereerereree 5 89 WIPO Sarean enee EE E A 3 9 Winter DIVNO mirarea aee aA 4 18 Winter Tires 522 arr ER res bb ind are iaia 5 51 XM Radio Messages eceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 3 69 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 72 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
146. e soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 86 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on
147. e station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignition For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 99 Low Fuel Warning Light This light below the fuel gage will come on briefly when the engine is started This light also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel When you add fuel the light should go off If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 37 Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel n INFO Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message
148. e the vehicle more quickly 3 18 Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off An indicator light on the button comes on while the recirculation mode is activated Recirculation is available in the bi level and vent modes If recirculation is selected in either floor heat floor defog or defrost mode the indicator light flashes three times indicating it is not available in that mode The right knob on the control panel is used to direct the airflow inside the vehicle Turn the knob to select one of the following modes 7s Vent Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets 74 Bi Level Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel floor defroster and side window outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets 74 Floor Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the floor outlets The remaining air is directed to the side window and defroster outlets If low or no airflow is on the passenger side make sure that the carpet covering is tucked under floor outlets Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield an
149. ealer retailer and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in the Maintenance Schedule See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Manual Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to a dealer retailer for service Have it repaired as soon as possible You may also have your fluid level checked by your dealer retailer when you have your oil changed See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir See Brakes on page 5 35 for more information 5 23 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coola
150. ect as soon as possible and check wheel alignment rotation pattern shown here Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 65 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 70 Non Directional Tires 5 63 Directional Tires If your vehicle has Goodyear Eagle F1 GS1 P245 45R18 size tires they are directional tires and must roll in a certain direction for the best overall performance The direction is shown by an arrow on the tire sidewall Because these tires are directional they should be rotated as shown here These tires should only be moved from front to rear and rear to front on the same side of the vehicle 5 64 After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 Reset the Tire Pressure monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 59 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 99 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but
151. ed Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message on the Driver Information Center DIC comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I U
152. ed as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has the Engine Oil Life System a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC
153. ed from your dealer retailer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part FEE A3076C PF457G 41 108 41 103 Windshield Wiper Blade Hook Type Drivers Side 16 inches 40cm wwa Oo S y Passengers Side 22 inches 50m wzo Engine Drive Belt Routing Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or z Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer i Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 055 7 2 Online Owner Center ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users c cceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeee 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments
154. ed technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that the airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when you start your vehicle OFF PASSENGER AIRBAG 2 United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 1 43 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbag is not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that rear facing child restraints not
155. ed to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P 2 26 Shifting Out of PARK P This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 39 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position lf you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Engine Exhaust ACAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon
156. eeeeeeeeeeees 3 36 Running While Parked eeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee 2 28 Staing RER SS SEES SENE itl siete 2 18 Entry Exit Lighting sienien ble bones mirrin ninani 3 15 Event Data Recorders eceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 16 Extender Safety Belt W u u ssssseeeererererrnenee 1 22 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 5 21 Finish Damage 5 soen eres eN 5 91 Fixed Mast Antenna 2 un ea tenons 3 72 Flashers Hazard Warning sssseeeenerer renerne 3 6 Flash to Pass ieia EEE A EAEE 3 8 Rat Tre aono e a Ren 5 72 O E AA E E TE E 5 23 Power Steering seine eee bek iein 5 33 Windshield Washer ssseeeeeeeererrerernnnner 5 34 Fog Lamp FOO aR E E E T 3 14 Fog Lamp Hi HE ln can a eee 3 35 FUG E E E EE 5 5 Additive S raapii e er BESES aiaa A iar 5 6 California Fuel ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 05 5 10 Filling the TANK arne cndyeatiemacmavenamares 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Gage SE Siena Sae E tee nee cuneate 3 37 Gasoline Octane 2223 gnnssneserrrv rens iese 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 LOW Warning amore lenker 3 37 Fuses Floor Console Fuse Block 0 eeeeeeeee ees 5 95 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Underhood Fuse Block cceeeeeeeeee eee 5 96 Gage Fuel ch sctcsecatindaaagatanetiel a
157. ehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire Steps 12 through 20 must be done right after Step 11 Unplug the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the sealant filling hose from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Be careful when handling the tire inflator components as they could be hot after usage Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 15 Stow the air compressor accessory plug back in the air compressor To do this wrap the air compressor accessory plug snap in the plug and then push in the bottom and then the top of the wrapped air compressor accessory plug 16 If the flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister Place it in a highly visible location such as the inside of the upper left corner of the windshield or to the face of the radio clock The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired ACAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment 17 18 of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit
158. ehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers D Power Volume Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments might need to be made from the portable device BAND Press to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues to play so you might want to stop it or turn it off 3 64 CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins to play audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Using an MP3 MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio
159. ehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs lf a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action e Ifyou need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it
160. eir default state since that time To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release to enter the personalization menu If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do not make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed 3 45 Personalization Menu Modes OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 38 for more information UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which the DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units METRIC default in Canada All information wil
161. elvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests The belt is over an armrest Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION V itt You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 17 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt F an In a crash you would not have the full width of pr
162. ems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn on the hazard warning flashers when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 16 Let only qualifi
163. ent sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on your vehicle s wheels ACAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 58 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a
164. ephone TTY can communicate with Saturn by dialing 1 800 TDD 6000 TTY users in Canada may dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Saturn encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance If a customer wishes to write to Saturn the letter should be addressed to Saturn Customer Assistance Center 100 Saturn Parkway Mail Code 371 999 S24 Spring Hill TN 37174 1500 1 800 553 6000 1 800 833 6000 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 553 6000 In Canada write to Saturn Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Ltd CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 1999 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 toward eligible aftermarket driver or passenger adaptive equipment you may require for your vehicle such as hand controls wheelchair scooter lifts etc The offer is available for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit your Saturn retailer or call the Saturn Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 553 6000 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 6000 In Canada customers may call the Saturn Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 199
165. er You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
166. ery is weak the transmitter will not work within its normal range It is probably time to change the battery if you have to be very close to the vehicle before the transmitter works Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the trunk release button and pry the front and back apart 2 Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type 4 Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together 5 Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whene
167. es S the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is V BAN R twisted make it straight so it can work RS SS YL properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it oh e gt SS RSS gt X 4S x CA mT Ne 1 lt lt aN 7 gt s 5 lt ss gt D K WE H yn Zs NS A Sa WAD The belt is twisted across the body Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 2 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 22 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 To make the lap part tight pull up o
168. es and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is Solid This indicates that one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 50 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is Solid This indicates that there may be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light will flash for about a minute and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence will repeat with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 58 for more information 3 31 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation Monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly
169. eset 3 39 AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED displays This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h To reset the average vehicle speed press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE displays The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It shows 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It alerts you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 3 40 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT displays This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Tire Pressure The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure is shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the information button until LF PSI kPa RF displays for the front tires Press the information button again until LR PSI kPa RR displays
170. ess the cruise control on off button to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions ZD Headlamps This position turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 300 Parking Lamps This position turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System This position automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps DRL during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night Off On This position is an Off On switch for the Automatic Headlamp System In Canada this applies to vehicles with an automatic transmission set to PARK P and manual transmission vehicles with the parking brake engaged When operating in AUTO a brief turn of the switch to off on will turn off the Automatic Headlamp System An AUTO LIGHTS OFF message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC and a chime will sound Turning the switch to off on again will turn the Automatic Headlamp System back on An AUTO LIGHTS ON message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC The Automatic Headlamp System is always turned on at the beginning of an ignition cycle for vehicles with manual transmission When the parking brake is
171. et deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 18 2 28 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to PARK P or the manual transmission shift lever to NEUTRAL Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 and Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 27 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nigh
172. for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the tire pressure appears in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information BOOST Turbo Only If your vehicle has this feature press the information button until BOOST displays This mode shows a graphic that indicates the amount of boost the engine is receiving in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems A message clears when the vehicle s condition is no longer present To acknowledge a message and clear it from the display press and hold any of the DIC buttons If the condition is still present the warning message comes back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on With most messages a warning chime sounds when the message displays Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster
173. force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service O LOCK OFF This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF If you have an automatic transmission the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK OFF unless the shift lever is in PARK P If you have a manual transmission the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK OFF in any shift lever position ACAUTION If you have a manual transmission removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACCESSORY ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition ON RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in ON RUN when the engine is running But even when the engine is not running you can use ON RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights
174. g The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed Avoid hard accelerations Avoid steep uphill grades If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off 3 33 Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel y
175. g Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 33 Remote Negative Ground Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 39 Battery Out of View See Battery on page 5 38 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 39 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 96 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 99 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged SEA ET eee MODNE SAE 5W 30 AR 2 4L L4
176. gain to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 3 53 Radio s GAM 640 9 3809 P G80 750 96 1 Y 98 5 XB _Y XAT w vew PefPefefefefepal o Fog S EJECT a gt gt lt f o gt E E o Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar eS EJECT Radio with CD Base Radio Data System RDS Your radio may have a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station 3 54 Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV Radios with the Speed Compensated Volume SCV feature will automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle s speed changes while driving so that the volume level is consistent To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press t
177. ght 3 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated Semi rs If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on briefly when starting your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 30 Low Coolant Warning Light This light comes on briefly when you turn your ignition on If this light comes on and stays on the coolant level in your vehicle is low If the light is on you may have a serious overheating problem Notice Driving with the low coolant warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating under Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Your vehicle could be damaged and the damages might not be covered by your warranty See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information Your vehicle should be serviced as soon as possible Tire Pressure Light Your vehicle has a tire pressure light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started and provides information about tire pressur
178. ght When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled IA This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 3 23 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modu
179. ghway Tow to the nearest Saturn retailer for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Winch out assistance is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests are limited to six per calendar year 7 7 Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from the original point of departure you might qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you
180. gnition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer for service Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Fear Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the Transmission Park P Mechanism parking brake Check To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake LN CAUTION pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only When you are doing this check your vehicle To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability could begin to move You or others could be With the engine running shift to PARK P Then injured and property could be damaged Make release the parking brake followed by the sure there is room in front of your vehicle in regular brake case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the Contact your dealer retailer if service is required regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid Lubricant 50 50 mixture of clean drin
181. hat to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture SR ow 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it SURGE RESERVOIR TANK D EXPANSION 15 PSI 105 kPa 35 NW 4 DEX COOL 3 gy 1S Ouvei gt 5 31 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer retailer if necessary 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the COLD FILL line If the level is below the line add additional coolant to bring the level up to the line Repeat this procedu
182. he pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 and FM2 AM or XM if equipped The selection displays J Tune Turn to select radio stations K SEEK Press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes toa station plays for a few seconds then goes on to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Radio with CD Base Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press this button to display the time i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist and CAT category can display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or
183. he trunk on the driver s side This handle will glow following exposure to light If someone is locked in the trunk they can pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather On vehicles with power windows the switches on the driver s door armrest control both windows Power Windows ACAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or The passenger s door has a window switch that controls lg that window Press the front of the switch to open the others could be badly injured or even killed window Pull the switch up to close it They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not lea
184. heating Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Climate Controls Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation of the vehicle can be controlled with this system Set the control between modes to get a combination of the two modes Temperature Turn the left knob on the control panel to adjust the temperature of the air in the vehicle Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature 3 Air Conditioning Press the left knob on the control panel to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the air conditioning is activated When the system is on this setting cools and dehumidifies the air entering the vehicle The air conditioning will not function if the fan is turned off If air conditioning is selected with fan off the indicator light flashes three times and then turns off There could be a slight change in engine performance when the air conditioning compressor turns off and turns on again This is normal The system is designed to make adjustments to help with fuel economy while still maintaining the selected temperature The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water can drip underneath your vehicle whi
185. hese steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could Cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake 5 39 Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and a
186. hicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section e If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be unlatched from about 3 feet 1 m up to 60 feet 18 m away with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once and the horn may chirp to indicate locking has occurred See LOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 m Unlock Press the unlock button one time to unlock the driver s door Press the unlock button again within five seconds to unlock the other doors The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred See UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 ea Trunk Release Press and hold this button for approximately one second to release the trunk lid The trunk release will only work if the ignition is off or the vehicle speed is less than 2 m
187. his message displays when there is a low level of engine coolant Have the cooling system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information LOW TRACTION If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when the system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message stays on for a few seconds after the system stops limiting wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message displays if the parking brake is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 2 24 for more information 3 43 SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SERVICE ESC ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and a chime sounds if there has been a problem detected with ESC The ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem remains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving acco
188. hub or on or near any other airbag covering The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side 1 39 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down 1 40 Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a
189. iagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 49 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 23 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 87 1 50 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 41 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ACAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your
190. icle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 28 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems 77 Q A rear facing infant A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant RS hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal The h
191. ife System n se 5 19 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 21 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeee 5 23 Manual Transmission Fluid eeeeeeeees 5 23 Hydraulic CIUtCH 0 cc cece ee eeceeeee eee eeeeeeeeees 5 23 Engine Coolant siecisccntevces coewcieceedinetimeidinnenescd 5 24 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 006 5 26 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 26 Cooling SyStem cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeaeeneeeeenes 5 28 Power Steering Fluid c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 33 Windshield Washer Fluid s s 5 34 Br ak s sr re naa borde hbn aab tere Edge 5 35 Battery aari annoa iaee a SEN SES Aai 5 38 JUMP SAI AG enmon aaaeaii 5 39 Rear AXl pinnien on nanoa E AEETI 5 44 Headlamp Aiming cceeeeeeenee eee ee ents 5 44 Bulb Replacement annn 5 44 Halogen BulbSis aicste a ta 5 45 Headlamps and Parking Lamps 008 5 45 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 46 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Sidemarker Lamps 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 46 Back Up Lamps nenssas a ieee 5 47 License Plate Lamp scccccircsereressrsrrrenrerreennn 5 48 Replacement Bulbs Xu u u sssseeereseesereser nerne 5 48 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 49 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care NMR Serene Eee 5 50 WeathersthiDS sereen anann 5 87 Winter TIES is cncsieancncetecuchd
192. il it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 30 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If your air conditioner is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes
193. ile turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or may hear a noise or vibration This is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the system activates the ESC TCS light will flash and the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to use cruise control again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Limited Slip Rear Axle Your vehicle may have a limited slip rear differential which provides maximum power and performance It is designed to give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle During a sudden shift such as shifting from FIRST 1 to SECOND 2 gear at low engine speeds or suddenly applying the clutch you may feel or hear a clunking or rattling noise This is normal Electronic Stability Control ESC Your vehicle may have an Electronic Stability Control ESC system which combines antilock brake and traction and stability control systems that help the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving condi
194. ill leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water 5 85 If any of th
195. in the proper place Return the equipment to the proper storage location in the trunk of your vehicle You might need to loosen the retention strap to wrap it around the sealant and compressor kit and foam container To do this pull apart the strap and loosen the strap at the quick release buckle Then snap the buckle together pull the strap tight and secure the loose end of the strap by mating the ends Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire 5 79 19 Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure 20 2i 22 refer to Steps 1 through 8 under Using the Air Compressor without Sealant next in this section If the tire pressure has fallen more then 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant and compressor cannot seal the tire See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure Wipe off any sealant from the wheel tire and vehicle with a rag Dispose of the sealant canister at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister from your dealer retailer After temporarily sealing a t
196. ing Your Vehicle 2 16 Cupholder S cceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeaeeneeseenes 2 33 New Vehicle Break In eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Center Console Storage ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 33 Ignition POSItIONS vs vsere 2 16 Convertible Top cccccccccceccsceeeeseetteeeeens 2 34 Retained Accessory Power RAP 06 2 18 p 2 1 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks Your vehicle has a vehicle theft deterrent system The key has a transponder in the key head that is electronically coded to match a decoder in your vehicle that allows the key to start the vehicle If a replacement key or any additional key is needed you must purchase it from your dealer retailer See PASS Key Ill Operation on page 2 14 for additional information The key has a bar coded key tag that a dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle Notice If you ever lock y
197. ing steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 through 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Treble Radio with CD Base BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the JJ knob or the BASS TREBLE pushbutton until the desired tone control label displays Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting The current bass or treble level displays If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press to adjust BASS and TREBLE Settings Setting
198. inked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S 2 31 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 71 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works Your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Ce
199. inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 99 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear 5 37 Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replace
200. intenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information ACAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Schedul
201. ion cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating whe
202. ion and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 53 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a
203. ion Control System TCS will not be operating while in the Competitive Driving mode and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster will be on solid Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information CRUISE ENGAGED This message displays when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information DOOR AJAR This message displays if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly Make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately 3 42 ESC Electronic Stability Control ACTIVE If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster flashes when ESC is assisting you with directional control of the vehicle You may feel or hear the system working and see this message displayed in the DIC Slippery road conditions may exist when this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly This message may stay on for a few seconds after ESC stops assisting you with directional control of the vehicle This is normal when the system is operating See Elec
204. ipes To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GE Low Speed Move the lever up to the first setting past intermittent for steady wiping at low speed B High Speed Move the lever up to the second setting past intermittent for wiping at high speed Z Mist Move the lever all the way down to this position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers will stop after one wiping cycle If you want additional wiping cycles hold the lever down longer Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload your wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps will turn on automatically They will turn off 15 seconds after the wipe
205. irbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag of the airbag s See Airbag Headiness Light status indicator it means that the passenger sensing on page 3 24 for more on this including system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal important safety information airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 for more on this including important safety information fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off 3 26 Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system A charging system Driver Information Center DIC message may also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information This light could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt
206. ire with the tire sealant and compressor kit take your vehicle to your dealer retailer to have the tire inspected and repaired 5 80 M Using the Air Compressor without Sealant to Inflate an Underinflated Tire Not Punctured To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant do the following 1 Remove the air compressor inflating hose connector from the bottom of the air compressor Unlock the air compressor hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever 3 Pull the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the tire A CAUTION valve stem and push the lever down to secure in place Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure information Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 for more a 7 Push the sealant and compressor kit switch to A CAUTION the I on position eee p i 8 Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation Idling the engine in a closed in place or with pressure using the air pressure gage on the top the climate control system off can cause of the unit deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine The pressure gage reads high while the compress
207. is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 43 for additional information If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 31 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH lf you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 31 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap Must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came
208. iver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the lever located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the lever Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place 1 2 Seat Height Adjuster Your vehicle may have a power driver s seat height adjuster The switch is located on the front of the driver s seat on the outboard side To use the adjuster first move the seat to where you want it See Manual Seats on page 1 2 To raise or lower the seat hold the switch up or down Reclining Seatbacks ACAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving To adjust the seatback turn the knob on the outboard side of the seatback until the seatback is in the desired position A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pe
209. kable Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine Oil 2 4L L4 engine Engine Oil 2 0L L4 engine Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 15 The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Power Steering System Manual Transmission Automatic Transmission Key Lock Cylinders water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid GM Power Steering Fluid GM Part No U S 89021184 i Canada 89021186 Wachee Optikleen Washer Solvent Manual Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 89021806 NR Canada 89021807 DEXRON VI Automatic
210. kes on page 5 35 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 F Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 33 Remote Negative Ground Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 39 Battery Out of View See Battery on page 5 38 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 39 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 96 When you open the hood on the 2 0L L4 engine this is what you will see Mf ae A as YX SS fa Ke Es CG iE A p ni roy lg LA Us al S ye yj y lt A a i TO IN ID hg W 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 34 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 28 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 35 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 23 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Power Steerin
211. king out of the brake and or clutch hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake and or clutch hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes and or clutch will not work well It is not a good idea to top off the brake clutch fluid Adding fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the brake linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 5 35 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake or clutch hydraulic system the brakes or clutch might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 5
212. king zeiss orr eaan e he este lt AE 4 3 Antilock Brake System ABS i e 4 4 Braking in Emergencies u u u ssssserererrerekene 4 5 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 6 Limited Slip Rear Axle o ae 4 8 Electronic Stability Control ESC W W Wu u u dcdc dcseee 4 8 SHE STING E E T 4 11 Off Road Recovery ses soup kranie ni TEDE 4 13 PASSING aiian hbn E EEE 4 13 lLosSiof GOntrol irrena enine 4 13 Driving Your Vehicle Driving atiNiQht cessionario tect ectnens 4 15 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 15 Before Leaving on a Long Trip e 4 16 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee bent 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 17 Winter DIVINO gar cocina spemnteeinernedewsetaments 4 18 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce OF SNOW 2 0 cc ccccceceecceee cece eeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 4 22 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 22 Loading Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 23 MOWING 2cvociacctapagneceatcessbantnrectncasent bevieandtanseatey 4 28 Towing Your Vehicle cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 28 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 28 TOWING a Trailer cciisccccleceiacenne oget ceed avenews Gah enon 4 28 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt
213. l be displayed in metric units To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 46 LOCK HORN This feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the lock button on the KE transmitter The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the lock button on the KE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC UNLOCK HORN This feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the KE transmitter is pressed ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the KE transmitter
214. label has the following information Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on Model designation a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also Production options and special equipment appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration SAMPLE4UX1M072675 Paint information Do not remove this label from the vehicle 5 93 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away 5 94 Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect
215. le idling or after turning off the engine This is normal Air conditioning does not operate at temperature below 40 F 4 C In temperatures above 40 F 4 C the air conditioning cannot be turned off in defrost floor defog and recirculation modes because it helps to remove moisture from the vehicle It also helps to keep the windows clear 3 17 On hot days open the windows to let the hot inside air escape then close them This helps reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select recirculation mode 3 Select the air conditioning to on 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed Using these settings together for long periods of time can cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off Fan Turn the center knob on the control panel to control the fan speed Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed O Off Turn the center knob to this position to turn the fan off A Recirculation Press the center knob on the control panel to recirculate air inside the vehicle and prevent outside air from coming in It can be used to prevent outside odors from entering the vehicle and cool the air insid
216. le may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15859547 A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you
217. leaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter element at each scheduled Maintenance II service interval and replace the air cleaner filter element at the first oil change after 50 000 miles 80 000 km If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter open the clamps that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly 5 22 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to a d
218. lease the button To increase the speed in very small amounts press the RES button briefly and then release it Each time you do this the vehicle will go about 1 25 mph 2 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already on Push and hold the SET part of the button until you reach the lower speed desired then release it To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time this is done the vehicle will go about 1 25 mph 2 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to reduce the vehicle speed Of course applying the brake turns off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To end cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch pedal Stepping on the brake pedal or clutch pedal will only end the current cruise control session Pr
219. les the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 36 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds The light should go out and the system is ready e rl If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away 3 24 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate Your inst
220. ll lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal 5 40 The remote positive terminal is located under a red plastic cover on the engine compartment fuse block Open the red plastic cover to access the terminal Do not remove fuse block cover to jump start the vehicle The remote negative ground bracket is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle and is marked GND See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the gt positive and negative terminals on your A CAUTION vehicle Using a match near a battery can cause battery A CAUTION gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a An electric fan can start up even when the flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler underhood electric fan caps be sure the right amo
221. ll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press and hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure 5 20 What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 0L L4 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air C
222. llisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 40 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 41 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 41 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 42 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing probl
223. luids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month 3 On automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only ieee any other position contact your dealer retailer Inspect your vehicle s tires for wear and make sure they for service are inflated to the correct pressures See nflation Tire re Pressure on page 5 56 On manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start At Least Once a Year only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the i way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch Starter Switch Check pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your ACA
224. lvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Seatback Latches The seats have a latch located on the outboard side near the top of the seatback that enables the front seatback s to fold forward This allows access to the map pocket on the rear of the seatback To fold the seatback forward lift the latch and push the seatback forward ACAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too 1 6 A CAUTION It is extremel
225. m with ABS this warning light will stay on See Antilock Brake System Warning Light on page 3 28 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might hear the antilock pump or motor operate and feel the brake pedal pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With Electronic Stability Control ESC and Antilock Brake System ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencie
226. mage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 48 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before
227. ment number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 5 38 Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 39 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely ACAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring t
228. modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routi
229. mple 1 400 Ibs 181 kg Eq Weight for Example 2 400 Ibs 181 kg Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 68 eg 150 Ibs 150 Ibs 68 kg 68 Sa 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 1 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Available Cargo ER Cargo Weight 250 Ibs 113 kg EJ Weight 100 Ibs 45 kg 4 25 Example 3 Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 moO hs tet kG Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 400 Ibs 181 kg 91 kg x2 Available Cargo To valle obs 0K Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight 4 26 Certification Label OM MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GWR GAWR FRT L L L FEE THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gfe L OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NT ANDARDS IN S 10 EFFECT ON THE D FM ABOVE 200 ASS CAR A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door or the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the driver s door latch It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
230. n driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement 5 70 If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new Saturn original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire clear
231. n or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the
232. n the shoulder belt lt may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 1 20 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way When the safety belt is not in use slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 51 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding thr
233. n your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States
234. ncy Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in Saturn vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other Saturn system containing personal information 4 NOTES 7 18 A Accessories and Modifications ssssserererre 5 3 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 2 ecis ert n Orana ena EEA 1 48 Additives Fuel 222 son order aaor 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment seeeeree 5 94 Air Cleaner Filter Engine c eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 Air Conditioning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 17 Airbag Passenger Status Indicators 3 25 Readiness Light 2 s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 24 Airbag System scissors xc reen bagben 1 36 What Will You See After an Airbag WNT ALSS iieiea AER sates lect 1 42 When Should an Airbag Inflate 8 1 40 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 38 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle saae 1 48 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeee 1 41 Passenger Sensing System 6 eeeeeeeeeeees 1 43 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 48 What Makes an Airbag Inflate
235. nd date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed 3 Press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY displays 4 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year follow these instructions 1 Press the button and then the pushbutton located press the right gt SEEK arrow or gt gt FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left k SEEK arrow or lt lt REV button or turn the JJ knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the MENU button and then the button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays Press the pushbutton located under the desired option Press the or MENU button a
236. nd matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by a MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 52 for additional information 5 66 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of differ
237. nd then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blow out particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blow out remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping Then do this 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park your vehicle If your vehicle has an automatic transmission set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 If your vehicle has a manual transmission move the shift lever to REVERSE R and set the parking brake firmly See Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 27 for additional information 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel has damaged sidewalls or has a puncture larger than a Ya inch 6 mm the tire is too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be effective See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If the tire has a puncture less than a 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire see Tire Seala
238. nded can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down Automatic Transmission Operation If your vehicle has an automatic transmission the shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats There are several different OOOO PARK P This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 2 20 positions for the shift lever A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Ou
239. nely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Saturn will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of Saturn s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that Saturn collects or receives may also be used for Saturn research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar lf your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 30 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Freque
240. ng UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 68 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include accelerat
241. ng Module Crank Relay Instrument Panel Cluster lo 5 95 res Tee TT 20 Sensing and Diagnostic Module Engine Control Module Transmission Control Module Retained Accessory Power 5 96 Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle Lift the cover for access to the fuse block Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component To remove fuses use the fuse puller or hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location EENE g Ao ng F yale Bi EHEH Fuses O eoo e Booy Contror Module e cooing Fan 2 LES Emy NF Try oo Air Conditioning Emply Cooling Fan 2 Relay LE5 Empty LNF Back up Lamps Relay 28 Automatic Transmission Empty Manual Transmission Data Link Connector Outlet po Back up Lamps 31 Automatic Transmission Empty Manual Transmission Fuses Usse Cooling Fan 1 LE5 Empty LNF Empty LE5 Turbo Cam Phaser LNF Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Transmission Antilock Brake System Injectors Ignition Coils LE5 Ignition Coils LNF Back up Lamps Manual Transmission Empty Automatic Transmission a Empty 48 Daytime Running Lamps Relay 49 D
242. ng will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has e
243. ngs and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 50 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include e Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked e Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure e Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park y
244. nstantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS remember It helps to avoid only the acceleration skid See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 If you do not have TCS or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC the ESC might activate See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 4 14 Of course traction is reduced when water sno
245. nt The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 26 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 24 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning
246. nt and Compressor Kit on page 5 74 5 73 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Your vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit that is capable of temporarily sealing a puncture up to a 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread of the tire There is no jack or spare tire The kit inflates the tire with liquid sealant and air The tire sealant and compressor kit can also be used to inflate an underinflated tire After the tire is inflated to the recommended inflation pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 for more information the vehicle must be driven for five miles to distribute the sealant in the tire and seal the puncture After driving five miles the tire pressure must be rechecked and adjusted as needed See Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor later in this section Be sure to read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions The kit includes the following 5 74 Air Compressor Tire Sealant Canister Air Compressor Accessory Plug D On Off Switch E Air Pressure Gage F Air Compressor Inflator Hose G Sealant Filling Hose OW gt After temporarily sealing a tire using the tire sealant and compressor kit it is recommended to take your vehicle to an authorized dealer retailer as soon as possible If the sealant is not removed from the tire within 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving the dealer retailer may recommend that the tire be replaced 4 Remove the tire sealant and compre
247. nt could cause serious to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with injury Check all tires frequently to your vehicle s Owner Manual maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 CAUTION Continued 5 50 Low Profile Tires If your vehicle has P245 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If your vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sli
248. ntenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly 6 2 Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 23 are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Ma
249. ntent Theft Deterrent on page 2 12 The fog lamp light will come on when the fog lamps are in use 3 35 Reduced Engine Power Light This light will come on briefly when you start the engine This light along with the service engine soon light will be displayed when a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur Stop the vehicle and turn off the ignition Wait for 10 seconds and restart your vehicle This may correct the condition The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed when the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced The performance may be reduced until the next time you drive your vehicle If this light stays on see your dealer retailer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair 3 36 Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information Trunk Ajar Light This light will come on briefly when the engine is started This light will also come on and a chime will sound if the trunk is ajar There will also be a TRUNK AJAR message in your Driver Information Center DIC For more information see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 Do not drive with the trunk ajar Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage At the servic
250. nter at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services 2 32 OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is ina place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about your vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your
251. o Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following Press the lock button on the RKE transmitter The system will then re arm itself Press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter This will also disarm the system Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was activated previously PASS Key IIl The PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transp
252. om play 3 62 Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the LOAD Y button A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays Insert one or more discs partway into the slot of the CD player To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play RPT Repeat For Radios with CD Base one track can be repeated by using the repeat setting To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play i Information Radio with CD Base Press to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc Radios with the MP3 feature are capable of playing an MP3 CD R or
253. om the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Some child restraints have a LATCH system As part of the LATCH system your child restraint may have lower attachments and or a top tether The LATCH system can help hold the child restraint in place during driving or in a crash Some vehicles have lower and or top tether anchors designed to secure a child restraint with lower attachments and or a top tether Some child restraints with a top tether are designed to be used whether the top tether is anchored or not Other child restraints require that the top tether be anchored A national or local law may require that the top tether be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Your vehicle does not have lower anchors or top
254. on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 28 Antilock Brake System Warning Light That is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly when you start the engine If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for all brake related DIC messages Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light A ee This light is located in the center of the instrument panel cluster For vehicles that have the Electronic Stability Control ESC
255. on page 3 32 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and
256. onder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key III system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again lf the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 94 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information It may be
257. ontrols 3 71 Fixed Mast Antenna eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 72 Radio Reception 2iviec cevcerdtestecteaweveriates ieee 3 71 Setting the Time ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 3 51 Theft Deterrent Feature aeee 3 70 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 72 Audio System S cactasaccaceasecteseescteecanaacameragacuins 3 54 Automatic Door LOCK 2 55 ormene dede 2 7 Automatic Transmission Uro ERE ERE SEE DSR REESE ESSENS ERE E 5 23 0 ef lt 1g Ile 0 sinc ices BENE SEE DEERE ESKESEN SE SEERE SEEGER ENE 2 20 Batleny ae esser ennen eder 5 38 Run Down Protection sceeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 15 Brake Emergendies iic isecdiolascacei ghee rioiwckboteatence nts 4 5 Biak S cossis Fie sic eedhcda seede T AE 5 35 System Warning Light oseese 3 27 Braking sanson cece sk ae see erb an sene 4 3 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Bulb Replace me tai beholde 5 44 Back Up Lamps us enoni 5 47 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 46 Halogen BUDS 2505 Elboe 5 45 Headlamp Aiming eeceeeeeeeeeeneeeee reese es 5 44 Headlamps and Parking Lamps 04 5 45 License Plate Lamps eceeeteeeeeeeeeees 5 48 Replacement Bulbs csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 48 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Sidemarker Lamps eseeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Buying
258. oose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability 5 51 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The example below shows a typical passenger p metric tire sidewall gC 1109 MS S MC 60R16 or 975 a C 2 Tl s gt ig Ss 1 v y NAM oF org 07 syyn de gt RS 7 Yy S Olov oge we Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 52 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one
259. operates 1 47 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so 1 48 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s
260. operly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information ACAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 32 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or A CAUTION on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire These include liquids like fuel the nozzle Contact should be maintained oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and until the filling is complete other fluids and plas
261. or Exhaust on page 2 27 is running Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 56 for more information 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Key Access on page 2 18 for more information 9 Turn off the air compressor by moving the switch to The vehicle must be running while using the the O off position air compressor 5 81 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister do the following A CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in the proper place 10 Disconnect the compressor inflator hose and wrap the hose in the bottom of the sealant and compressor kit 11 Place the equipment in the original location in the trunk of your vehicle 1 Unlock the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister by pulling the lever up 2 Disconnect the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister 3 Unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 5 82 To install a new sealant canister do the following 1 Align the sealant filling hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor ch
262. or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front S ats aceae a 1 2 Airbag System a e 1 36 Manual Seats ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeees 1 2 Where Are the Airbags c eeeeeereeeeeeees 1 38 Seat Height Adjuster c ceeeeeeeeeeeneee een en 1 2 When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 40 Reclining Sea
263. orget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and a warning message will be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC when the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 kph See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission ACAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 24 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pressing the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with
264. ory plug cord 5 77 7 Push the On Off switch to the I on position The sealant and compressor kit injects sealant and air into the tire Sealant could leak from the puncture until the vehicle is driven and the puncture has sealed 8 The pressure gage will initially show a high pressure while the compressor pushes the sealant into the tire Once the sealant is completely dispersed in the tire the pressure will quickly drop and start to rise again as the tire inflates 9 Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the vehicle s door latch using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit The pressure gage reads high while the compressor is running Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven The tire is too severely damaged and cannot be inflated or sealed with the tire sealant and compressor kit Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the sealant filling hose from the tire valve or tire pressure monitoring sensor valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 5 78 10 11 12 13 14 Push the sealant and compressor kit switch to the O off position The tire is not sealed and will continue to leak air until the v
265. ose oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM4718M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Your vehicle s engine is filled at the factory with a synthetic oil which meets all requirements for your vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M may not be available You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change For Vehicles With the 2 4L L4 Engine RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT ec LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identifi
266. ot be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 92 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product 5 87 Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 87 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove re
267. oth displays the system will not assist the driver in maintaining directional control of the vehicle Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 See Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is automatically enabled whenever the vehicle is started To assist the driver with vehicle directional control especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But ESC can be turned off if needed If the vehicle is in cruise control while the system begins to assist the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle the ESC TCS light flashes and the cruise control automatically disengages When road conditions allow you to use cruise again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 10 The ESC TCS button is located on the instrument panel The traction control system can be turned off or back on by pressing the ESC TCS button To disable both traction control and ESC press and hold the button from five to ten seconds When the ESC system is turned off the TRACTION OFF and ESC OFF messages appear and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that both traction control and ESC are disabled It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if yo
268. oughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 21 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 22 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoul
269. our keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other ve
270. our vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different LN CAUTION than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the e Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling to do all the work of slowing down and they system and transmission could get so hot that they would not work well Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your Z CAUTION vehicle in gear when you go downhill If you do not shift down the brakes could Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut get so hot that they would not work well across the center of the road Drive at speeds You would then have poor braking or even that let you stay in your own lane none going down a hill You could crash Top of hills Be alert something could be in your Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes lane stalled car accident on a steep downhill slope Pay attention to special ro
271. our vehicle when you are lowering or raising the top Lowering the Manual Convertible Top 1 Empty the trunk of all contents 2 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake Shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 3 Make sure the ignition is turned off 4 Push the trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped 5 Lift the trunk The convertible top front latch located above the inside rearview mirror must be unlatched Pull the latch down and turn it counterclockwise to unlatch it Leave the latch open and turned to prevent damage 2 35 7 Pull rearward on the side edge B of the convertible top and pull it off of the windshield frame 8 Push the convertible top down into the trunk D Yh CS X wN ude 9 After the top is stored apply one even push as shown on the convertible top to ensure that the top is fully retracted and securely stored 10 Close the trunk D by pressing down from the rear center of it with a swift firm motion 2 36 Do not operate the rear defogger when the convertible top is down A clear Mylar protective film has been installed at the factory on the trunk lid surface under the convertible top buttresses This film is designed to help prevent paint damage to the trunk lid Do not remove this protective film It is intended to remain permanently
272. our vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed 3 34 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completel
273. p ceeeeeeceeereeeeereeeees 4 16 DGfENSIVGsicisccdindeunncsieteacbndcaaiacwesmenirthebcadete 4 2 Drunkem st cer atta a a EN seaces 4 2 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee es 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 17 In Rain and on Wet Roads l e 4 15 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 WIMED aarete e N dosnt a anteerea satis 4 18 EDR wiestiepertetd eaae E ER EEEE 7 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment 25222222 erkender bende 5 94 Floor Console Fuse Block u sssseeerrerenee 5 95 Fuses and Circuit Breakers cceseeeeeeee 5 94 Headlamp Wiring ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeen ees 5 94 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 94 Underhood Fuse Block ceeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 96 Electronic Stability Control eceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 4 8 Electronic Stability Control Indicator Light 3 29 Engine Air Cleaner Filter u sssssseeeee eee erne renerne 5 21 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 32 GOO ANE roere nininini reena YE ENAERE 5 24 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 30 Drive Belt Routing c ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 15 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 EXMOUST cect tenia teen ttuangeninnd wasn nent aecteneastanaes 2 27 OE E de aa 5 15 Oil Life System sesinin aeie aiea 5 19 Overheating cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeaeeeeaes 5 26 Reduced Power Light ese
274. ph 3 km h 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to help locate your vehicle The horn will sound three times and the hazard lamps will flash three times Press and hold the button for three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn will sound and the hazard lamps will flash for 30 seconds The ignition must be off for the vehicle locator remote alarm to work Press the vehicle locator panic alarm button again or turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN to turn off the alarm The vehicle may have Remote Lock Unlock Confirmation This feature provides feedback that a command has been received by the vehicle The parking lamps will flash and the horn may sound briefly See LOCK HORN and UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 45 for programming information Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is uniquely coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking the vehicle lf a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer retailer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter cannot unlock the vehicle The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters coded to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the KE transmitter should last about four years lf the batt
275. plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry ACAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that is should n
276. ps need to be re aimed it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 48 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information ACAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps and Parking Lamps 2 Remove the bulb access cover from the bulb high or low beam only you need to change 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it from the headlamp assembly 4 Remove the electrical connector from the bulb socket 5 Holding the base of the socket pull the old bulb A High beam Headlamp from the socket B Low beam Headlamp 6 Install a new bulb C Parking Lamp 7 Reverse Steps 2 through 5 to reinstall Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Fog Lamp To replace one of these bulbs i 2 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information Reach underneath the front bumper and locate the bulb assembly Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out the bulb assembly Disconnect the bulb socket
277. r and not stick or squeak g Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary h If you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended F
278. r perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the KE transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the KE transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information To select a setting and move on to the next feature press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display When LANGUAGE appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English FRENCH All messages will appear in French SPANISH All messages will appear in Spanish GERMAN All messages will appear in German To select a setting and exit out of the personalization menu mode press the information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Exiting Personalization Menu The personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur Aten second time period has elapsed
279. r hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 49 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 89 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 50 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the body doors hood secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment glove box door and console door More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal bette
280. r is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The driver side rear turn signal comes on to indicate that corner sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 After hearing the single horn chirp for the driver side rear tire two additional horn chirps sound to indicate the tire learning process is done Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 65 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform a we ve men eae eee When rotating Goodyear Eagle RSA P245 45R18 Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires pgn directional tires always use the corr
281. ransportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate retailer personnel Saturn reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair lf your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these
282. rdener herr eaa 3 71 DIC Warnings and Messages n n 3 41 Fixed Mast Antenna SE E ne seere 3 72 DIC Vehicle Personalization ssss111e111 3 45 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 72 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A Side Window Outlets See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control Buttons If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 21 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 71 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Fog Lamp Button See Fog Lamps on page 3 14 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 15 Driver Information Center DIC Controls See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 38 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Windshield Wiper Washer Controls See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 and Windshield Washer on page 3 10 M N DO c Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 Shift Lever See Manual Transmission Operation on pag
283. rdingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information If this message turns on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off and then back on If this message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the ESC inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 44 SERVICE TRACTION If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this message displays and a chime sounds when the system is not functioning properly The ESC TCS light also appears on the instrument panel cluster This light stays on solid as long as the detected problem remains present When this message displays the system is not working Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information Have the TCS serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SVC Service BRAKE SYSTEM This message may display if you have a turbocharged vehicle with Electronic Stability Control ESC and if the hydraulic brake boost is not working or is working improperly Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SVC
284. re until the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 5 32 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be between the COLD and HOT marks If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the COLD mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 33 Windshield Washer Fluid Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow What to Use the manufacturer s instructions for adding
285. ring wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move the i wheel to a comfortable position pull up the lever to lock e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and the wheel in place Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 2D D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 8 e Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on page 3 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be
286. roblem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Saturn and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience lf your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experienc
287. rontal airbag 1 46 Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use We recommend that you not use seat covers or other a aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has A CAUTION approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on If the airbag readiness light in the instrument page 1 48 for more information about modifications panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it that can affect how the system operates means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the Z CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more on this including important safety information or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system
288. ross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 24 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Example 1 Example 2 Item Description Total S Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity Vehicle Capacity ET Weight for Exa
289. rs eceeeeeeeeeee es 7 16 Navigation System cseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 17 On Stal cseesececsitvoedeseseeedecguipaed arr era ser 7 17 Radio Frequency Identification 7 17 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 2 7 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID PRIVACY ao sa n eN SSF 7 17 RRAGIOS arrene he AE 3 50 PRAGIO S corneriana t rer ahr RAEES 3 54 Radios Reception 2 isse ale bear E E rede 3 71 Setting the TIME 22222222 seere LER tans 3 51 Theft Deterrent ccccccececeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeees 3 70 Rear Axle ene siden Soawoiieuendtindstancacet ices 5 44 Limited Slip wscdseccaacsagadceeresdadcagers sendedansncendlendes 4 8 Rearview Mirror with OnStar sener 2 29 Rearview Mirrors 2 2 ececeeeeeeeeeee tees eeeeeeeees 2 29 Reclining Seatbacks cstrike skaderne 1 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing ccecce 4 28 Reduced Engine Power Light 3 36 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operaatio Maissin EE E ENG 2 4 Replacement Bulbs ecsceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 48 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government eeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 7 14 ALUN ERR SES RENE ESS EEN E ss LEES FANER SEER N RER 7 14 United States Government eeeeeeeeee ees 7 14 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0
290. rs are turned off Windshield Washer To wash the windshield press the button at the end of the lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When the button is released the washers stop but the wipers continue to wipe about three times or resume the previous speed Cruise Control With cruise control your vehicle can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control ACAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the left side aes of the steering wheel TD On
291. rtist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen The album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album and begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R or CD RW and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal
292. rument panel has a passenger airbag status A CAUTION indicator If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a oe A Ai Ar A United States Canada rear facing child restraint can be seriously i injured or killed if the right front passenger s When you start the vehicle the passenger airbag status airbag inflates This is because the back of the indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on 3 25 If after several seconds both status indicator lights E remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be A CAUTION a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is A CAUTION If the a
293. s steering can help you more than even the very best braking Brake Assist Your vehicle has ESC with ABS It also has a brake assist feature that responds to emergency braking by generating additional pressure and engaging the ABS When this happens the brake pedal will feel easier to push Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let the system work for you You might feel the brakes vibrate or notice some noise but this is normal The brakes will return to normal operation after the brake pedal is released Brake assist cannot compensate for unsafe driving practices and braking effectiveness itself depends on the condition of the road tires and brakes and vehicle mass Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle may have a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that the rear wheels are spinning too much or are beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the rear brakes and reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin If your vehicle has TCS there is a ESC TCS button located on the instrument panel A ee This light will flash when your traction control system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal See Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light
294. s and an electronic version of this owner manual Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find Saturn retailers for service nationwide Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www saturn com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist owners who have hearing difficulties Saturn has installed special TDD Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf equipment in its Saturn Customer Assistance Center Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access to a TDD or to a conventional Text Tel
295. s vehicle speed more than INTERMEDIATE I without using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transmission will not shift into low gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Manual Transmission Operation This is the shift pattern for a manual transmission Here is how to operate your manual transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch pedal Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops pre
296. se Maintenance I if the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance 0 See Maintenance Maintenance TI Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 19 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j 0 0 e Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 21 See footnote h Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 63 and At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a 0 0 Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels Add fluid as needed 0 0 e Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See oomo 0 M Fingpest engine cooing system Seeonee T Cd inspect wine blades Sesto O J T Inspeotrestrant system components See pono T Lubricate body components See omore p SSP D Additional Required Servi
297. sidue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 92 5 88 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary
298. ss the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal After the vehicle stops shift into REVERSE R Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal If it is hard to shift let the shift lever return to NEUTRAL and release the clutch pedal Then press the clutch pedal again and shift into REVERSE R Do not attempt to shift into the fifth gear position prior to shifting into REVERSE R Your transmission has a lock out feature which prevents a fifth gear to reverse gear shift Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use FIRST 1 or REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle 2 23 Parking Brake Il JM SJ The parking brake lever is located between the front seats To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 2 24 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you f
299. ssor kit strap by squeezing the two tabs of the quick release buckle Accessing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit To access the tire sealant and compressor kit do the following 1 Make sure the convertible top is in the up position before accessing the tire sealant and compressor kit 2 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 8 for more information 5 Remove the sealant and compressor kit from its foam container 3 Locate the tire sealant and compressor kit on the driver side of the vehicle near the back corner of the trunk 5 75 Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the Kit to Temporarily Seal a Punctured Tire sealant canister Follow these directions closely for correct sealant usage The sealant can temporarily seal a punctures up to 1 Place the sealant and compressor kit on the ground Y inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire The sealant and unwrap the sealant filling hose from the cannot seal sidewall damage large punctures or a compressor tire that has unseated from the wheel See Roadside i Assistance Program on page 7 7 if you need assistance 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the unit To do this pull the top portion of the The sealant can only be used to seal one tire wrapped cord out first then the bottom and then After usage the sealant canister and sealant filling unsnap the plug Do not insert the plug in
300. sult in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment 3 16 When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have a removable muffin tin ashtray and cigarette lighter The muffin tin ashtray can be placed into the front console side cupholder To use the lighter located on the instrument panel to the left side of the glove box door push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is
301. t fifteen minutes after the knob is pressed If turned on again the defogger will run for about seven and one half minutes before turning off If vehicle speed is greater than 50 mph 80 kph and the rear defogger is active it will remain on as long as the speed is greater than 50 mph 80 kph The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the knob again or by turning off the engine Do not use the rear defogger when the convertible top is down Ka Rear Defogger Press the right knob on the control panel to turn the rear window defogger on or off Do not use the rear defogger when the convertible top is down Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 19 Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and on the side of your instrument panel to direct the airflow Use the tab located on the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow Your vehicle has flow through ventilation that allows outside air to be forced through your ventilation system when your vehicle is moving Outside air will enter the vehicle when the air conditioning fan is running Flow through ventilation can be stopped in vent and bi level modes by pressing the recirculation button Operation Tips
302. t folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT 3 66 When the CD R or CD RW contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW are played in the following order Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode was chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts
303. t of PARK P on page 2 26 Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped REVERSE R Use this gear to back up At low vehicle speeds you can also use REVERSE R to rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 22 for additional information NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only You can also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed ACAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 2 21 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides better fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are Going less
304. tart of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 3 61 gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random on the Radio with CD Base do one of the following 1 Press to play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order The random icon displays 2 Press again to turn off random play The random icon disappears from the display To use random on the Radio with CD MP3 or the Radio with Six Disc player do one of the following Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label displays To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off rand
305. tbacks cceeeeeeeeeeneee enken nerne 1 3 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 41 seatback Latches ari Acscciewitsieieiceecdiiecieiaees 1 5 How Does an Airbag Restrain a se 1 41 Safety Belts scenerne 1 6 What Will You See After an Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 6 Airbag Inflates ib oe Rees E ecole 1 42 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 1 11 Passenger Sensing System scene 1 43 Lap Shoulder Belt 2 2 eee 1 19 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 48 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 6 1 21 Adding Equipment to Your Safety Belt Extender ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 22 Airbag Equipped Vehicle cceeeeeees 1 48 Child Restraints ce 1 22 Restraint System Check se 1 50 Older Children fac cscceachencathinsiderammnutartearedaardne 1 22 Checking the Restraint Systems 8 1 50 Infants and Young Children 1 26 Replacing Restraint System Parts Child Restraint Systems 0 cccccceeeeceseeeeeeee 4 29 After a Crash screening 1 51 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH or ar rehab 1 31 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position ee 1 32 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the dr
306. than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 13 Notice If your vehicle seems to start up rather slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive your vehicle that way you could damage the transmission Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in LOW L when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and DRIVE D for higher speeds until then FOURTH 4 This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You might choose FOURTH 4 instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads and when going down a steep hill 2 22 INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces the vehicle s speed without using your brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or downshifting occurs while driving on steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose INTERMEDIATE I instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly and winding roads LOW L This position reduce
307. the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down If the vehicle has an automatic transmission see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the shift lock release button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 2 25 Torque Lock Automatic Transmission If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may ne
308. the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of J Case fuses mini fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Floor Console Fuse Block Fuses Usage The floor console fuse block is located on the passenger Fuse Puller side of the vehicle under the carpet Empty Remove the fuse block cover to access the fuses Empty Use the fuse puller to remove fuses Empty After re installing the fuse block cover be sure to tuck Empty the carpet under the heater floor outlets Amplifier EE Ignition Switch PassKey Ill o Spem 10 Climate Control System PassKey Ill Emply mene anon enn 30 Cb C84 Ci Climate Control System Automatic 16 Occupant Sensi
309. the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 43 Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface 5 44 If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if your vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you for vertical aim If the headlam
310. them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage lf the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be
311. there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this Z CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way 1 13 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you A The belt is buckled in the wrong place Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the p
312. thers for Children LATCH on page 1 31 8 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way 1 35 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger
313. tic or rubber You or Do not smoke while pumping fuel others could be burned Be careful not to drop Do not use a cellular phone while or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine pumping fuel An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Locate the interior hood release lever It is located below the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle 2 Pull down on the rear edge of the lever to release the hood latch 3 Go to the side of the vehicle and pull up on the rear edge of the hood near the windshield to open the hood Notice Closing the hood with the doors open may damage the hood and or doors Always close the doors before closing the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 2 4L L4 engine this is what you will see BE DE PEL ay AP fear as pH SF ce N JE 5 H si SS SE A So PE DALES ihe e A 5 12 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 34 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 28 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Bra
314. ting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the Jd knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow DD FWD or lt lt REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the J knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds 3 58 Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the buttons below the right or
315. tions When the vehicle is started and begins to move the system performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems You may hear or feel the system working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with your vehicle The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 20 mph 32 km h If the system fails to turn on or activate the ESC TCS light comes on and the ESC OFF and or SERVICE ESC message displays For more information see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 38 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 This light flashes on the instrument panel cluster while the ESC system is on and activated A ee ESC activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between your intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling ESC selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering When the system activates an ESC ACTIVE message displays on the Driver Information Center See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 This light flashes on the instrument panel cluster when the ESC system is on and activated You may also hear a noise or feel vibration in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the direction you want it to go When the light is comes on and the message s SERVICE ESC ESC OFF or b
316. tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 57 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety
317. to the edge If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Care of Your CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the s
318. to an hose assembly must be replaced at a dealer retailer accessory outlet yet See Removal and Installation of Sealant Canister later in this section 3 Remove the valve stem or tire pressure monitoring i BE sensor cap from the flat tire by turning it Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant counterclockwise canister if it has expired see your dealer retailer for a replacement If an object such as a nail has penetrated the tire do not remove it 5 76 ACAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 2 27 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Key Access on page 2 18 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor A CAUTION 4 Attach the sealant filling hose A onto the tire valve i stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight nrating something too much can mane it i explode and you or others could be injured Make sure the sealant and compressor kit on off Be sure to read the inflator instructions and switch B is in the O off position P A A inflate the tire to its recommended pressure 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug C into an Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 16 for more information Do not slam door or close window on the compressor access
319. to return both mirrors to their original unfolded position before driving 2 29 OnStar System ile Jl se OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar 2 30 A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services
320. tronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information ESC Electronic Stability Control NOT READY If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message may display briefly after starting the vehicle if the system s sensors are not yet calibrated The system is not functional until the message stops displaying Adjust your driving accordingly When the message is no longer displayed the system is functional See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 for more information ESC Electronic Stability Control OFF lf your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC this message displays and the ESC TCS light on the instrument panel cluster comes on solid when ESC is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Electronic Stability Control ESC on page 4 8 and Electronic Stability Control ESC Traction Control System TCS Indicator Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information ICE POSSIBLE This message displays when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message displays if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low Replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 LOW COOLANT T
321. ttime use and to the left for daytime use Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nighttime use and to the left for daytime use There may also be three OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 30 for more information on the services OnStar provides Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver s door Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver side or passenger side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position The mirrors can be manually folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or a confined space To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle To return the mirror to its original position push outward Be sure
322. two screws holding the license plate lamp assembly to the fascia 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp forward For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your through the fascia opening dealer retailer Low Beam Headlamp 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the lamp assembly 5 48 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear DS and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information CJ Replacement blades come in different types and are Fe removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 ly M 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever CAUTION Continued have questions about your tire warranty and where Underinflated tires pose the same to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty danger as overloaded tires The _ booklet for details For additional information refer resulting accide
323. u may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving lf the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and co
324. unt of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 41 A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 5 42 10 11 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery
325. ur vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 22 Also see Competitive Driving Mode later in this section ESC may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system The ESC OFF and SERVICE ESC messages and the ESC TCS light comes on to warn the driver that ESC is disabled and requires service If the problem does not clear after restarting the vehicle see your dealer retailer for service See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Competitive Driving Mode The driver can select this optional handling mode by pressing the ESC TCS button on the console two times within a five second time period COMPETITIVE MODE displays in the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 41 for more information Competitive Driving Mode allows the driver to have full control of the rear wheels while the ESC system helps maintain directional control of the vehicle by selective brake application The ESC TCS light will be on and the traction control system will not be operating Adjust your
326. urn Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 553 6000 In Canada contact the Saturn Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 1999 A Saturn Customer Assistance Center team member will handle your call and assist in providing product and warranty information the nearest retailer location roadside assistance brochures literature and discuss any concerns you may have We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This 17 digit number can be found on the vehicle registration or title on the upper driver side corner of the dash or on your roadside assistance key card The name of your selling and servicing retail facility Vehicle delivery date and present mileage Your daytime and evening phone numbers When contacting Saturn please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a retailer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both Saturn and its retailers are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your Saturn vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two Saturn and its retailers offer the additional assistance of a neutral party through our voluntary participation in a medi
327. utton and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option to select the default Press the button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 3 51 With Date Display Single CD MP3 Player This type of radio has a button for setting the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right gt SEEK arrow or DD FWD button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or lt lt REV button or turn the d knob located on the upper right side of the radio 3 52 The date does not automatically display To see the date press the button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display Six Disc CD MP3 Player This type of radio has a MENU button instead of the button to set the time and date To set the time a
328. variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 59 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a
329. ve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 3 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery Yo
330. ve keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Express Down Window Windows with an express down feature allow the window to be lowered fully without pressing and holding the switch Press the front of the switch to the first position and the window opens a small amount Press the switch down fully and the window goes all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull up the front of the switch Sun Visors To use the sun visor s pull the edge of the visor nearest to the windshield toward you Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a driver s side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and slide the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system f Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open Arming the System While the ignition is off press the Remote Keyless
331. vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 1 51 4 NOTES 1 52 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS vers eeen aa 2 2 Starting the Engine Key Access 2 18 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Automatic Transmission Operation 5 2 20 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Manual Transmission Operation 660 2 23 Operation eiennenn tirisna eaan n n cans 2 4 Parking Brake miine en nere dens
332. vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the radio volume if you cannot hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box To open lift the handle up Use the key to lock and unlock Cupholder s Your vehicle has a cupholder on the passenger side of the center console To access it press and release the forward section of the cupholder Center Console Storage There is also an upright center console storage area between the seatbacks To open the storage area press and release the button near the top so it extends out Then turn the button in either direction to unlatch the lid There are two cupholders located in the center console and pull the console lid down Press the release press and release to extend forward button back in after you close the lid Convertible Top For care and cleaning of the convertible top see Convertible Top on page 5 89 under Service and Appearance Care High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle The following procedures explain the proper operation
333. ver you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle From the outside turn the key in the driver s door lock cylinder briefly counterclockwise to unlock the driver s door Turn and hold it to unlock all the doors You can also use the remote keyless entry transmitter From the inside use the manual or power door locks Power Door Locks You can use the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to lock and unlock the doors from inside or outside the vehicle See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information On vehicles with power door locks the switches are located on the doors o Lock Press to lock all doors n Unlock Press to unlock all doors Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power door locks it will have the delayed locking feature This feature delays the actual locking of the doors when the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle using the RKE transmitter three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed both doors will lock and the parking lamps will flash To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button on the RKE a second time
334. w eeee 3 4 Climate Controls eee 3 17 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Climate Control System ccceeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 17 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 HOM seniiti eranmi atin asai 36 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Tilt Wheel serber pes sett FEDERER LEE EEE DERE KE LEEEEERERKEREEE 3 6 Instrument Panel Cluster 2 3 21 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eeeeeeeeeeceeeeee 3 7 Speedometer and Odometer 3 22 Turn and Lane Change Signals see 3 8 Tachometer 55 arr ia Aaa E 3 22 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 8 Safety Belt Reminders scene 3 23 Flash to Pass EE AE EEA E EE 3 8 Airbag Readiness Light 0 0 ccccccccceseeeeee 3 24 Windshield WIPES minen ea ETA 3 9 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 0 3 25 Windshield Washer sap airera enaa 3 10 Charging System Light 1 3 27 Cruise Control sc so ale isinan 3 10 Brake System Warning Light 2 3 27 Headlamps KEE ELEE LEE LEE LEE EEE SKE LEEE SEERE EEEREE 3 13 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 28 Headlamps on Reminder senere 3 13 Electronic Stability Control ESC Daytime Running Lamps DRL 0 0ee 3 14 Traction Control System TCS Fog Lamps SEE REE 3 14 Indicator Warning Light 0
335. w ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You might not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Even though your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control ESC with Antilock Brake System ABS remember ABS helps avoid only the braking skid If the ABS is ever disabled in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive
336. w seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE displays This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW displays The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset MPG L 100 KM AVG Average Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM AVG displays This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions To reset the average fuel economy press and hold the reset button while MPG L 100 KM AVG is displayed Average fuel economy is then calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it is continually updated each time you drive MPG L 100 KM INST Instantaneous Press the information button until MPG L 100 KM INST displays This mode shows the current fuel economy at a particular moment and changes frequently as driving conditions change This mode shows the instantaneous fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Unlike average fuel economy this screen cannot be r
337. with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 2 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 33 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 1 34 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Te
338. y diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light ACAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light will come on briefly when you start your engine If it does not have your vehicle serviced When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light f Fog Lamp Light 0 The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 14 for more information For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Co
339. y dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 23 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel
340. yer takes up to six CDs 3 Press the 7 button again to cancel loading more CDs 3 60 If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Care of Your CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge lf the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center
341. ystem at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key IIl key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow e Do not exceed 70 mph 113 km h Do not make full throttle starts also refrain from using the full throttle while driving Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle If these break in procedures are not followed the vehicle s engine axle or other parts could be damaged Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased 2 16 Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions In order to shift out of PARK P ignition must be in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to

Saturn 2008 Sky User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents